Download

Financial Highlights
1999-2000 2000-2001 2001-2002
Interest Income 679,87 1,255,04 1,681,18
Interest Expense 374,28 753,75 1,073,74
Net Interest Income 305,59 501,29 607,44
Other Income 119,54 176,57 335,90
Net Revenues 425,13 677,86 943,34
Operating costs 171,39 309,59 417,95
Operating Result 253,74 368,27 525,39
Provisions and Contingencies 58,89 53,21 100,01
Loan Loss Provisions 53,60 52,96 85,77
Others 5,29 25 14,24
Profit before tax 194,85 315,06 425,38
Provision for taxation 74,81 104,94 128,34
Profit after tax 120,04 210,12 297,04
Funds :
Deposits 8,427,72 11,658,11 17,653,81
Subordinated debt 150,00 200,00 200,00
Stockholders’ Equity 751,52 913,09 1,942,28
Working Funds 11,731,03 15,617,33 23,787,38
Loans 3,462,34 4,636,66 6,813,72
Investments 5,748,28 7,145,14 12,004,02
Key Ratios :
Earnings per share (Rs) 5.93 8.64 11.01
Return on Average Networth 29.00% 24.53% 18.30%
Tier 1 Capital Ratio 9.56% 8.69% 10.81%
Total Capital Ratio 12.19% 11.09% 13.93%
Dividend per share (Rs) 1.60 2.00 2.50
Dividend payout ratio 29.96% 25.55% 23.68%
Book value per share as at March 31 (Rs) 30.90 37.50 69.00
Market price per share as at March 31 (Rs)* 257.20 228.35 236.60
Price to Earnings Ratio 43.37 26.43 21.50
Rs. 10 Lac = Rs. 1 Million Rs. 1 Crore = Rs. 10 Million **Proposed *Source : NSE
HDFC Bank Limited Annual Report 2008-09 8

Rs. Lacs
2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009
1,963,17 2,455,71 2,905,43 4,230,18 6,647,93 10,115,00 16,332,26
1,191,96 1,211,05 1,315,56 1,929,50 3,179,45 4,887,12 8,911,10
771,21 1,244,66 1,589,87 2,300,68 3,468,48 5,227,88 7,421,16
465,55 480,03 651,34 1,123,98 1,516,23 2,283,15 3,290,60
1,236,76 1,724,69 2,241,21 3,424,66 4,984,71 7,511,03 10,711,76
577,05 810,00 1,085,40 1,691,09 2,420,80 3,745,62 5,532,81
659,71 914,69 1,155,81 1,733,57 2,563,91 3,765,41 5,178,95
88,86 195,73 176,87 480,06 925,16 1,484,78 1,879,71
88,39 178,28 176,22 479,76 861,01 1,216,03 1,726,28
47 17,45 65 30 64,15 268,75 153,43
570,85 718,96 978,94 1,253,51 1,638,75 2,280,63 3,299,24
183,25 209,46 313,38 382,73 497,30 690,45 1,054,31
387,60 509,50 665,56 870,78 1,141,45 1,590,18 2,244,93
22,376,07 30,408,86 36,354,25 55,796,82 68,297,94 100,768,60 142,811,58
200,00 600,00 500,00 1,702,00 3,282,60 3,249,10 6,477,80
2,244,83 2,691,88 4,519,85 5,299,53 6,433,15 11,497,23 14,646,33
30,424,08 42,306,99 51,429,00 73,506,39 91,235,61 133,176,60 183,270,77
11,754,86 17,744,51 25,566,30 35,061,26 46,944,78 63,426,90 98,883,05
13,388,08 19,256,79 19,349,81 28,393,96 30,564,80 49,393,54 58,817,55
13.75 17.95 22.92 27.92 36.29 46.22 52.85
18.10% 20.14% 20.44% 17.47% 19.40% 16.05% 16.12%
9.49% 8.03% 9.60% 8.55% 8.58% 10.30% 10.18%
11.12% 11.66% 12.16% 11.41% 13.08% 13.60% 15.09%
3.00 3.50 4.50 5.50 7.00 8.50 10.00**
24.72% 22.15% 24.00% 22.55% 22.92% 22.17% 22.17%
79.60 94.52 145.86 169.24 201.42 324.39 344.31
234.55 378.75 573.64 774.25 954.15 1,331.25 973.40
17.06 21.10 25.03 27.74 26.29 28.80 18.42

BOARD OF DIRECTORS EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Chairman (LEGAL) & COMPANY SECRETARY
Mr. Keki Mistry
Mr. Sanjay Dongre
Mrs. Renu Karnad
Mr. Arvind Pande
Mr. Ashim Samanta
Mr. Chander Mohan Vasudev
STATUTORY AUDITORS
Mr. Gautam Divan M/s. Haribhakti & Co.,
Chartered Accountants
Dr. Pandit Palande
Mr. Aditya Puri, Managing Director
Mr. Harish Engineer, Executive Director
Mr. Paresh Sukthankar, Executive Director
Mr. Vineet Jain (upto 27.12.2008) REGISTERED OFFICE

HDFC Bank House,
Senapati Bapat Marg,
Lower Parel,
SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM Mumbai 400 013.
Mr. A Parthasarthy Tel: + 91 22 66521000; Fax: + 91 22 24960737
Website: www.hdfcbank.com
Mr. A. Rajan
Mr. Abhay Aima
Mr. Anil Jaggia
Mr. Bharat Shah REGISTRARS & TRANSFER AGENTS
Mr. G. Subramanian Datamatics Financial Services Ltd
Mr. Kaizad Bharucha Plot No. A 16 & 17,
Part B Cross Lane,
Mrs. Mandeep Maitra
MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East),
Mr. Navin Puri Mumbai 400 093.
Tel: + 91 22 66712213-14
Mr. Pralay Mondal
Fax: + 91 22 28213404
Mr. Rahul Bhagat E-mail: hdinvestors@dfssl.com
Mr. Sashi Jagdishan

Mr. Sudhir M. Joshi

15th ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Date : July 14, 2009

Day : Tuesday
Time : 2:30 p.m.
Place : Ravindra Natya Mandir,
Sayani Road, Prabhadevi,
Mumbai 400 025.
Book Closure : June 24, 2009 to July 14, 2009 (both days inclusive)
Contents
Directors’ Report 12 - 24
Auditors’ Report 25
Accounts 26 - 72
Information with regard to Subsidiary Companies 73
Basel II 74 - 86
Auditors’ Report for Consolidated Accounts 87
Consolidated Accounts 88 - 125
Key Comparative Between U.S. and Indian Corporate

Governance Practices 126 - 128
Auditors’ Certificate on Corporate Governance 129
Corporate Governance 130 - 143

Directors' Report
To the Members,
Your Directors have great pleasure in presenting the Fifteenth Annual Report on the business and operations of your Bank
together with the audited accounts for the year ended March 31, 2009.
Financial Performance
(Rs. in crores)
For the year ended
March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
Deposits and Other Borrowings 145,497.4 105,363.5*
Advances 98,883.0 63,426.9
Total Income 19,622.9 12,398.2
Profit before Depreciation and Tax 3,659.2 2,552.4
Net Profit 2,245.0 1,590.2
Profit brought forward 2,574.6 1,932.0
Total Profit available for Appropriation 4,819.6 3,522.2
Appropriations
Transfer to Statutory Reserve 561.2 397.5
Transfer to General Reserve 224.5 159.0
Transfer to Capital Reserve 93.9 -
Transfer to Investment Fluctuation Reserve (13.9) 38.5
Proposed Dividend 425.4 301.3
Tax including Surcharge and Education Cess on Dividend 72.3 51.2
Education Cess on Dividend paid for Prior Year 0.6 0.1
Balance carried over to Balance Sheet 3,455.6 2,574.6
* Change pursuant to reclassification
The Bank posted total income and net profit of Rs. 19,622.9 during 2008-09, your directors are pleased to recommend a
crores and Rs. 2,245.0 crores respectively for the financial year dividend of 100% for the year ended March 31, 2009, as
ended March 31, 2009 as against Rs. 12,398.2 crores and against 85% for the year ended March 31, 2008. This dividend
Rs. 1,590.2 crores respectively in the previous year. shall be subject to tax on dividend to be paid by the Bank.
Appropriations from the net profit have been effected as per
the table given above. Awards
Dividend Your Bank continued to receive awards and gain recognition

from leading domestic and international organizations during
Your Bank has had a consistent dividend policy of balancing the fiscal 2008-09. Some of them are:
the dual objectives of appropriately rewarding shareholders
through dividends and retaining capital to maintain a healthy Euromoney Annual Survey : The Best local Bank. Also Ranked
capital adequacy ratio to support future growth. It has had a 1st in Relationship Management and 2nd in private banking
consistent track record of moderate but steady increases in services overall.
dividend declarations over its history with the dividend Business India : Best Bank 2008.
payout ratio ranging between 20% and 25%. Consistent with
this policy, and in recognition of the overall performance Forbes Asia : One of the Fab 50 Companies in Asia Pacific.

Directors' Report
Nasscom IT User Award 2008 : Best IT Adoption in the Banking each. HDFC Limited can exercise the said options until
Sector. December, 2009.
Asian Banker Excellence in Retail Financial Services : Best Retail During the year under review, 10.67 lakh shares were allotted
Bank 2008. to the employees of your Bank pursuant to the exercise of
options under the employee stock option scheme of the Bank.
Asiamoney : Best Local Cash Management Bank Award. These include the shares allotted under the employee stock
option scheme of Centurion Bank of Punjab.
Microsoft & Indian Express Group : Security Strategist Award
2008. Other Capital Raising
World Trade Center Award of Honour : For outstanding During the Fiscal year 2008-2009 your bank issued Lower and
contribution to international trade services. Upper Tier II bonds aggregating to Rs. 2,875 crores. The
proceeds from these bond issuances have been included as
Ratings Tier II capital.
The Bank has its deposit programs rated by two rating agencies Employee Stock Options
- Credit Analysis & Research Limited (CARE) and Fitch Ratings
India Private Limited. The Bank’s Fixed Deposit programme has The information pertaining to Employee Stock Options is given
been rated ‘CARE AAA (FD)’ [Triple A] by CARE, which represents in an annexure to this report.
instruments considered to be “of the best quality, carrying
negligible investment risk”. CARE has also rated the bank’s Capital Adequacy Ratio
Certificate of Deposit (CD) programme “PR 1+” which represents
“superior capacity for repayment of short term promissory Your Bank’s total Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) calculated in
obligations”. Fitch Ratings India Pvt. Ltd. (100% subsidiary of Fitch line with the Basel II framework stood at 15.7%, well above
Inc.) has assigned the “tAAA ( ind )” rating to the Bank’s deposit the regulatory minimum of 9.0%. Of this, Tier I CAR was 10.6%.
programme, with the outlook on the rating as “stable”. This rating During the year under consideration the Bank raised Tier II
indicates “highest credit quality” where “protection factors are capital to maintain a healthy CAR. In the Fiscal year 2008-2009
very high”. the Reserve Bank of India revised the risk weights accorded
to various asset classes which had a net positive impact on
The Bank also has its long term unsecured, subordinated (Tier II) the Capital Adequacy Ratio of your Bank.
Bonds rated by CARE and Fitch Ratings India Private Limited and
its Tier I perpetual Bonds and Upper Tier II Bonds rated by CARE From the current Financial year the Bank has complied with
and CRISIL Ltd. CARE has assigned the rating of “CARE AAA” for the standards set out for the standardised approach for credit
the subordinated Tier II Bonds while Fitch Ratings India Pvt. Ltd. risk and the Basic Indicator approach for operational risk
has assigned the rating “AAA(ind)” with the outlook on the rating under Basel II as directed by the Reserve Bank of India. The
as “stable”. CARE has also assigned “CARE AAA [Triple A] for the implementation of the Basel II framework is in harmony with
Banks Perpetual bond and Upper Tier II bond issues. CRISIL has the Bank’s objective of adopting international best practices
assigned the rating “AAA/Stable” for the Bank’s perpetual Debt in risk management. The Bank’s CAR as per Basel II is 15.7%
programme and Upper Tier II Bond issue. In each of the cases as compared to 15.09% calculated as per Basel I.
referred to above, the ratings awarded were the highest assigned
by the rating agency for those instruments. Amalgamation of Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited with the
Bank
Issuance of Equity Shares and Warrants
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Reserve Bank of
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) approved the scheme of India accorded its consent to the Scheme of Amalgamation
amalgamation of Centurion Bank of Punjab with your Bank of Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited with your Bank. Pursuant
effective May 23, 2008. Consequently, the shareholders of the to the order of amalgamation the operations of both Banks
erstwhile Centurion Bank of Punjab were allotted 69,883,956 were merged with effect from May 23, 2008. The appointed
equity shares of Rs. 10 each pursuant to the share swap ratio date for the merger was April 01, 2008. During the fiscal year
of one equity share of Rs. 10 each of HDFC Bank for every various facets of integration including systems, human
twenty nine equity shares of Re. 1 each held in Centurion Bank resources, branches, operating processes and business plans
of Punjab by them as on June 16, 2008. have been integrated. With the result both banks currently
operate as one seamlessly integrated entity.
To enable the promoter group to restore its shareholding
percentage in the Bank to the pre-merger level and in line SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
with shareholder and regulatory approvals, during the quarter
ended June 30, 2008 your Bank issued 26,200,220 warrants In terms of the approval granted by the Government of India,
convertible into an equivalent number of equity shares to the provisions contained under Section 212(1) of the Companies
HDFC Limited on a preferential basis at a rate of Rs. 1,530.13 Act, 1956 shall not apply in respect of the Bank’s subsidiaries

Directors' Report
namely, HDFC Securities Limited (HSL) and HDB Financial Services Interest rates too have mirrored the broad-based uncertainty in
Limited (HDBFSL). Accordingly, a copy of the Balance Sheet, Profit the global economy and markets and have been very volatile
and Loss Account, Report of the Board of Directors and Report of since the global crisis intensified last year. The overnight inter-
the Auditors of HSL and HDBFSL have not been attached to the bank call money rate as well as deposit and lending rates spiked
accounts of the Bank for the year ended March 31, 2009. up sharply during the October 2008 liquidity shortage spell,
impacting domestic growth prospects. Since January 2009,
Investors who wish to have a copy of the annual accounts
however, inter-bank rates have eased substantially with the
and detailed information on HSL and HDBFSL may write to
overnight call money rate ruling around 3-4%, while longer-
the Bank for the same. Further, the said documents shall also
tenor yields have moved higher by an average of 160 basis points
be available for inspection by the investors at the registered
(bps) in response to concerns over a widening fiscal deficit spurred
offices of the Bank, HSL and HDBFSL.
by an expansionary fiscal policy. Effective lending and deposit
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSIONS AND ANALYSIS rates have broadly tracked the down-trend in policy rates, albeit
at a much slower pace. While policy rates have declined by an
Macro-economic and Industry Developments average of 250-400 bps, the lending rates of banks have broadly
scaled lower by 150-225 bps and deposit rates have come down
The Indian economy faced significant slowdown in growth by 100-150 bps.
momentum in 2008-09, driven by a severe downturn in the global
economy on the back of sustained pressure on the global financial Despite some easing of effective lending rates, credit growth
system. For India, estimates of 2008-09 GDP growth range from has moderated over the year, spiking up to a high of 29% in the
6.0%-7.0% against an average growth rate of 8.8% per annum October-November, 2008 period but falling steadily thereafter to
over the period 2003-2008. a growth rate of 18.1% in March 2009. While the spike in credit
growth in the third quarter of 2008-09 was largely fuelled by
The key shock to India’s growth has come from external sources, demand from oil marketing and fertilizer companies reeling under
largely by way of lower exports and a marked reduction in inflow
losses accumulated on the back of firm commodity prices as well
of foreign capital. While export growth entered into negative
as some substitution of foreign sources of funding with domestic
territory in the third quarter of the financial year 2008-2009 against
bank credit, the decline in economy-wide credit demand in the
a growth rate of around 27% during the same period last year,
fourth quarter of 2008-09 was broadly in sync with lower domestic
foreign inflows are likely to have contracted to USD 16 billion in
growth. Retail consumer borrowing slipped lower as consumer
2008-09 from almost USD 100 billion in 2007-08. This has
demand slowed down; pushing growth in the retail loans lower
dampened domestic investment momentum which was earlier a
to 14.8% in the financial year ended March 31, 2009 from 18-20%
key growth driver of the Indian economy. Growth in gross capital
a year ago. Additionally, banks have been more cautious in
formation in the last quarter of the financial year 2008-2009 fell
incremental retail lending in the face of rising delinquencies and
to 5.3% from 13.7% a year ago.
higher credit risk perception with the economic slowdown.
The industrial sector has been the largest casualty of the marked
slowdown in both investment and imports, slowing from a On the foreign trade side, merchandise exports plummeted over
growth rate of 8.9% in the year ended March 31, 2008 to possibly the course of the year driven primarily by sharp deterioration in
4-4.5% in the year ended March 31, 2009. Services, particularly global growth. Manufacturing export orders, in particular, have
financial services and trade & transport – have also been impacted felt the brunt of the slowdown in the global economy. In February
by the cyclical downturn in industry and the external pressure 2009, domestic exports fell by 21.3% on the back of 15%
from a tough global financial environment. We expect growth in contraction in January 2009 and export growth is expected to
services to slow down from 10.8% in the fiscal year 2007-2008 to slow down from 9% in 2008-2009 to around 3% in 2009-2010.
9.4% in the financial year ended March 31, 2009.
Both oil and non-oil imports have declined in response to a
In response to the severe pressure on global liquidity in the reduction in commodity prices and deceleration in the domestic
aftermath of the collapse of Lehman Brothers in October, 2008, growth cycle. However, the full impact of this reduction in
liquidity within the domestic Indian banking system also came domestic oil imports is likely to be felt of the financial year 2009-
under substantial pressure. As international credit lines froze, 2010. Thus, the trade deficit position should improve significantly
pressure on the domestic banking system intensified. Since then, going forward with slower export performance being more than
a series of moves by the Reserve Bank of India to slash the Cash offset by sharp reductions in non-oil and oil imports. We therefore
Reserve Ratio (CRR) and the key domestic policy rates have expect a reduction in the trade balance deficit from USD 119
improved the liquidity situation within the banking system. The billion in 2008-2009 to around USD 105 billion in 2009-2010. Net
central bank cut the reverse repo and repo rate by a total of 250 invisibles (software exports and private transfers) are another
bps and 400 bps respectively since September 2008, and addressed category that could remain flat or decrease marginally in response
liquidity pressures by cutting the CRR and the Statutory Liquidity to slackness in global growth. However, a lower trade balance
Ratio by a total of 400 bps and 100 bps respectively, leading to a should act as the main driver in reducing the current account
liquidity surplus in the Indian banking system since November deficit from USD 30.9 billion in the financial year ended March 31,
2008. 2009 to USD 14.5 billion for the same period next year.

Directors' Report
The total balance of payments position in the fiscal year ended significant area of concern for both the banking system and the
March 31, 2009 was in deficit due to strong portfolio outflows economy at large.
and a sharp reduction in foreign currency inflows in categories
such as net Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and External At present, a recovery in consumption holds the key to a more
Commercial Borrowing (ECB) flows. In fact, for the first time in 10 stable growth outlook for the Indian economy. High inflation
years, the capital account showed a negative balance of USD 3.7 and a tight monetary environment acted as primary dampeners
billion. The capital account balance is likely to remain under for consumption in the first half of 2008-09, with growth in
pressure in the next financial year. However, the sharp deficit consumption declining much before the financial crisis acquired
seen over the last fiscal year is unlikely to be repeated. Short- global proportion. Growth in private final consumption
term trade credit flows could revive from the lows witnessed in expenditure fell to 5.3% in Q2FY09 as compared to 7.6% a year
the October-December 2008 period and provide some cushion ago. Recent monetary easing alongside a sharp fall in inflation is
to the capital account. FDI flows could pick up towards the latter likely to provide some support to consumption in the financial
half of the financial year ending March 31, 2010 as global investors year 2009-10. However, the possibility of contracting personal
look for high yielding destinations such as India. Thus, the capital disposable incomes that may dilute the positives of lower interest
account position is expected to improve next year resulting in a rates and prices remains a concern in the year ahead.
much more comfortable position in the total balance of payments.
Opportunities
Indian equity markets have fallen significantly over the course
The problems of the international financial system are likely to
of the last financial year due to a sharp pull out by portfolio
flows and risk aversion buying in the global markets. However, persist in 2009-10 and this will impinge on India’s ability to attract
the domestic equity markets could improve towards the latter external capital. The implication is that the domestic recovery
half of the next financial year once global investors start pricing will have to be funded largely by the domestic financial system,
in a global recession as Indian economic fundamentals still remain particularly banks. This substitution of global funding sources
strong and attractive in absolute terms. by domestic sources is likely to create a number of opportunities
for domestic finance. The Indian corporate sector will, for a while
(Sources : Ministry of Finance, RBI, CSO) to come, depend more on domestic funding both for operating
needs as well as for capacity expansion.
Risks and Concerns
Infrastructure spending, for one, will continue to be used as a
While adequate capital provisioning and stringent prudential key countercyclical policy tool. This creates opportunities for
regulations have largely shielded the domestic banking system banks either directly in project finance or in providing short term
from the global crisis, some cyclical deterioration in asset quality funds for companies involved in these projects. Second, the rural
remains a concern for the banking system. Bank credit, particularly sector has fared better than the urban segment in the downturn
in the retail segment, has been an important driver of the – rural markets for goods and services (including credit) appear
consumption boom in India and has played a significant role in to have been robust. This is partly due to the fact that a number
pushing up the trend of the growth rate of the Indian economy of the countercyclical policy initiatives have had a rural bias (rural
in the last few years. Recent stress tests have revealed that the roads and irrigation projects for some). Given the dependence of
banking system as a whole remains robust enough to withstand a large fraction of the population on the rural economy and the
a sharp increase in asset quality slippage. An increase in fact that a number of product markets are under-penetrated, it
delinquencies and non-performing assets will nevertheless restrict provides opportunities for sustained growth for a number of
the ability of the banks to grow rapidly and both the economy sectors.
and the banking system will have to align themselves to a less
buoyant growth outlook in the year ahead. Although growth in retail credit has moderated in the last year,
the low penetration levels of retail credit (estimated at less than
An increase in Investments has been a crucial anchor of growth 12% of GDP), the shift in demographics towards a higher
in recent years; buoyant global growth conditions have aided proportion of younger working population, the changing
fresh investment initiatives in recent years. Foreign capital has attitudes towards borrowings, higher income levels amongst the
had a crucial role to play in providing ready capital specifically growing middle class, and the large pent-up demand for housing,
streamlined to cater to financing investment initiatives. A lack of cars etc., all augur well for the long-term, sustainable growth of
such funds is likely to constrain a sustained recovery in investment retail lending in the Indian market.
and capital growth in the year ahead.
Outlook
Another risk that is likely to impact domestic growth conditions
is the possible de-stabilizing impact of a sharp fall in exports on The Indian economy is likely to continue to see further pressure
industry. India’s export to GDP ratio rose from 12.5% in 2000-01 in the year ahead. Growth is likely to slowdown further from
to 22% in 2007-08. As industry scales back growth expectations, 6.7% in the year ending March 31, 2009 to around 5.8% next year
runs down inventories and builds in a lower growth outlook, it is as industrial growth continues to decelerate. Investment
likely to undergo significant re-adjustments and pose as a momentum is likely to remain subdued amidst flat local demand

Directors' Report
even as an accommodative monetary policy alongside receding increase in the average balance sheet size by 46.5% (including
inflationary risks, provide some support to growth. Demand for the impact of the merger of CBOP) and a net interest margin
credit is unlikely to recover till domestic growth conditions of 4.2%.
improve. However, India will remain one of the fastest growing
economies in the world and if risk appetite and global stability Other income registered a growth of 44.1% over that in the
were to stage a come-back by the end of 2009-10, India will previous year to Rs. 3,290.6 crores in the current year, primarily
remain an attractive foreign investment destination. due to fees and commissions, profit/loss on revaluation and
sale of investments and income from foreign exchange and
Mission and Business Strategy derivatives. In 2008-09, commission income increased by 43.3%
to Rs. 2,457.3 crores with the main drivers being commission
Our mission is to be “a World Class Indian Bank”, benchmarking from distribution of third party insurance and mutual funds,
ourselves against international standards and best practices in fees on debit/credit cards, transactional charges and fees on
terms of product offerings, technology, service levels, risk deposit accounts, processing fees of retail assets and cards,
management and audit & compliance. The objective is to continue and fees from cash management and trade products. With
building sound customer franchises across distinct businesses bond yields having fallen over 100 bps to 150 bps across
so as to be a preferred provider of banking services for target tenors, the Bank made a profit on sale / revaluation of
retail and wholesale customer segments, and to achieve a healthy investments of Rs. 382.6 crores during the year. Foreign
growth in profitability, consistent with the Bank’s risk appetite. exchange and derivatives revenues grew from Rs. 319.8 crores
We are committed to do this while ensuring the highest levels of to Rs. 440.5 crores of which, over 80% came from customer
ethical standards, professional integrity, corporate governance foreign exchange transactions. The Bank incurred a loss of
and regulatory compliance. Rs. 158.2 crores on account of derivative transactions during
Our business strategy emphasizes the following: the year ended March 31, 2009. The said loss is primarily
attributable to the unwinding of certain trading positions and
· Increase our market share in India’s expanding banking and due to contrary positions taken against bond trading positions
financial services industry by following a disciplined growth as a part of risk strategy.
strategy focusing on balancing quality and volume growth
while delivering high quality customer service; Operating (non-interest) expenses increased from Rs. 3,745.6
crores in 2007-08 to Rs. 5,532.8 crores in 2008-09, due to the
· Leverage our technology platform and open scaleable organic expansion in the Branch network and the
systems to deliver more products to more customers and to amalgamation of Centurion Bank of Punjab (which had a
control operating costs; significantly higher cost-income ratio than HDFC Bank) with
your Bank. The Bank now has a significantly larger network
· Maintain high standards for asset quality through disciplined and reach across the country as compared to that at the end
credit risk management; of the previous financial year. This has resulted in higher
infrastructure and staffing expenses. Operating cost to net
· Develop innovative products and services that attract our revenues increased to 51.7%, from 49.9% in the corresponding
targeted customers and address inefficiencies in the Indian year. Staff expenses accounted for 40.5% of non-interest
financial sector; expenses in 2008-09, due to an increase in staff strength and
increase in average salary levels. Loan loss provisions and
· Continue to develop products and services that reduce our
cost of funds; and provision for standard assets increased from Rs. 1,216.0 crores
to Rs. 1,726.3 crores in 2008-09 in line with the increase in non-
· Focus on healthy earnings growth with low volatility. performing assets and the Bank’s policy of providing
aggressively in excess of the regulatory requirements. The
Financial Performance Bank also provided Rs. 152.8 crores as contingent provisions
for tax, legal and other contingencies.
The merger of Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited (CBoP) with
HDFC Bank was effected during the year with April 1, 2008 as Net profit increased by 41.2% from Rs. 1,590.2 crores in
the appointed date. The financial results for the year ended 2007-08 to Rs. 2,245.0 crores in 2008-09. Return on average net
March 2009 are therefore for the merged entity, whilst the worth was constant at 16.1% even on an enhanced equity
results for the year ended March 2008 are on a standalone base (due to merger with CBoP). The Bank’s basic earning per
basis for HDFC Bank and are therefore not comparable. share increased from Rs. 46.2 to Rs. 52.9 per equity share.
The financial performance during the fiscal year 2008-09 During 2008-09, the Bank’s total balance sheet increased by
remained healthy with total net revenues (net interest income 37.6% over that on March 31, 2008 to Rs. 183,270.8 crores. Total
plus other income) increasing by 42.6% to Rs. 10,711.8 crores Deposits increased from Rs. 100,768.6 crores (as of March 31,
from Rs. 7,511.0 crores in 2007-08. The revenue growth was 2008) to Rs. 142,811.6 crores (as of March 31, 2009). With
driven both by an increase in net interest income and other Savings account deposits at Rs. 34,914.7 crores and current
income. Net interest income grew by 42.0% primarily due to account deposits at Rs. 28,444.9 crores, demand (CASA) deposits

Directors' Report
were around 44.4% of total deposits as of March 31, 2009. In order to provide its customers increased choices, flexibility
During 2008-09, gross advances grew by 48.3% to Rs. 100,239.3 and convenience the Bank continued to make significant
crores. This was driven by a growth of 38.3% in wholesale headway in its multi channel servicing strategy. The Bank
advances to Rs. 39,085.8 crores, and an increase of 55.5% in offered its customers the use of ATMs, internet banking,
retail advances to Rs. 61,153.5 crores. phone banking and mobile banking in addition to its
expanded branch network to serve their banking needs.
Business Segments’ Update
The Bank increased its debit card base by 57.8% this year
Consistent with its performance in the past, this year too the which translated to increased usage at its ATMs, providing
bank has achieved healthy growth across various operating greater convenience to customers while easing the load at the
and financial parameters. The performance reflects the Bank’s branches and reducing servicing costs. The Bank also
strength and diversity of the bank’s three primary business made strong inroads in its internet banking with around 20%
franchises – retail banking, wholesale banking and treasury, of its registered customers now using net banking facilities
and of its disciplined approach to risk – reward management. for their banking requirements. Your bank now offers phone
banking in over 500 locations in addition to giving its
Retail Banking
customers the ease of accessing their bank accounts over their
The growth in your Bank’s retail banking business was robust mobile phones. The success of the Bank’s multi-channel
during the current financial year. The Bank’s retail deposits strategy is evidenced in the fact that almost 80% of customer
grew by over 63.7% to Rs. 99,276.5 crores at the end of the initiated transactions are serviced through the non-branch
financial year ended March 31, 2009, while its retail assets grew channels.
by 55.5% to Rs. 61,153.5 crores during the same period.
Retail Assets
The Bank caters to various customer segments with a wide
range of products and services. HDFC Bank is a one stop shop Your Bank continued to grow at a healthy pace in almost all
financial services provider of deposit products of virtually all the retail loan products in which it operates and remains
types, of retail loans (auto loans, personal loans, commercial amongst the top lenders in retail assets products in India. The
vehicle loans, etc.), credit cards, debit cards, depository (custody Bank grew its retail asset portfolio in a well balanced manner
services), investment advisory, bill payments and several by focusing on both returns as well as risk. The Bank’s auto
transactional services. Apart from its own products, the Bank finance business remained a key business driver for its retail
sells third party financial products like mutual funds and asset portfolio. Additionally other key retail loan products
insurance. exhibited robust growth rates and asset quality.
Branch Banking The Bank continued its focus on internal customers for its
credit cards portfolio. Although there was an increase in
This year the Bank significantly expanded its distribution delinquencies for certain segments, credit card losses were
network – from 761 branches in 327 cities in March 2008 to lower than industry figures. Overall credit cards remained a
1,412 branches in 528 Indian cities in March 2009. The Bank’s profitable business for your Bank with over 4.3 million cards
ATMs increased from 1,977 to 3,295 during the same period. in force as at March 2009.
The expansion of the network was due to a combination of
organic growth and the amalgamation of Centurion Bank of The Bank also has a significant presence in the “merchant
Punjab. Today your Bank’s branch network is deeply acquiring” business with the total number of point-of-sale (POS)
entrenched across the country with significant density in areas terminals installed at over 70,000.
conducive to the growth of its businesses. The Bank’s focus
on semi-urban and under-banked markets continued, with 64% In addition to the above products the Bank originates home
of the Bank’s branches now outside the top nine Indian cities. loans under its arrangement with HDFC Limited, the Bank
The Bank’s customer base grew in line with the growth in its originated approximately an average Rs. 3,500 crores of these
network and currently stands at over 18 million customers. The products every month in the financial year ended March 31,
number of savings accounts grew almost 70% to 2009. During the year the bank also purchased from HDFC Ltd.
approximately 10 million and savings balances which is a under the “loan assignment” route approximately
good indicator of the Banks retail liability franchise grew 33.5% Rs. 4,000 crores of AAA credit enhanced home loans which
to Rs. 34,914.7 crores at the end of the current financial year. qualified as priority sector advances. Of these, approximately
Rs. 2,000 crores were originated by the Bank.
The Bank continues to provide unique products and services
with customer centricity a key objective. The Bank's Imperia The Bank also distributes life and general insurance products
premium, preferred and classic banking services seeks to through its tie-ups with insurance companies and mutual fund
address the diverse needs of different customer segments in houses in the country. The success in the distribution of the
the personal banking space, with specifically trained personnel above products has been demonstrated with the growth in
and customized products. the Bank’s fee income.

Directors' Report
The Bank’s data warehouse, Customer Relationship Treasury

Management (CRM) and analytics solutions have helped it
target existing and potential customers more effectively and The treasury group is responsible for compliance with reserve
cost effectively and offer them products appropriate to their requirements and management of liquidity and interest rate
profile and needs. Reduced costs of acquisition apart, this has risk on the Bank’s balance sheet. On the foreign exchange and
also led to deepening of customer relationships and greater derivatives front, revenues are driven primarily by spreads on
efficiency in fraud control and collections resulting in lower customer transactions based on trade flows and customers’
credit losses. hedging needs. During 2008-09, revenues from foreign
exchange and derivative transactions grew by 37.7% to Rs.
Wholesale Banking 440.5 crores where the revenues were distributed across large
corporate, emerging corporate, business banking and retail
The wholesale banking business registered a healthy growth customer segments for plain vanilla forex products and across
in 2008-09. In this business, the Bank provides its corporate primarily large corporate and emerging corporate segments
and institutional clients a wide range of commercial and for derivatives. The Bank offers Indian rupee and foreign
transactional banking products, backed by high quality service exchange derivative products to its customers, who use them
and relationship management. The Bank’s commercial banking to hedge their market risks. The Bank enters into forex and
business covers not only the top end of the corporate sector derivative deals with counterparties after it has set up
but also the emerging corporate segments and some small appropriate counterparty credit limits based on its evaluation
and medium enterprises (SMEs). The Bank has a number of of the ability of the counterparty to meet its obligations in
business groups catering to various segments of its wholesale the event of crystallization of the exposure. Appropriate credit
banking customers with a wide range of banking services covenants are stipulated where required as trigger events to
covering their working capital and term finance, trade services, call for collaterals or terminate a transaction and contain the
cash management, foreign exchange and electronic banking risk. Where the Bank enters into foreign currency derivative
requirements. contracts with its customers it lays them off in the inter-bank
market on a matched basis. For such foreign currency
During financial year 2008-09, growth in the wholesale banking
derivatives, the Bank does not have any open positions or
business continued to be driven by new customer acquisition
assume any market risks but carries only the counterparty
and higher cross-sell with a focus on optimizing yields and
credit risk (where the customer has crystallized or mark-to-
increasing product penetration. Your Bank’s cash management
market losses). The Bank also deals in Indian rupee derivatives
and vendor & distributor (supply chain) finance products
on its own account including for the purpose of its own
continued to be an important contributor to growth in the
balance sheet risk management. The Bank recognizes changes
corporate banking business. Your Bank further consolidated its
in the market value of all rupee derivative instruments (other
position as a leading player in the cash management business
than those designated as hedges) in the profit and loss
(covering all outstation collection, disbursement and electronic
account in the period of change. Rupee derivative contracts
fund transfer products across the Bank’s various customer
classified as hedge are recorded on an accrual basis.
segments) with volumes growing to over Rs. 22 trillion. Your
Bank also strengthened its market leadership in cash Given the regulatory requirement of holding government
settlement services for major stock exchanges and commodity securities to meet the statutory liquidity ratio (SLR)
exchanges in the country. The Bank met the overall priority requirement, your Bank has to necessarily maintain a portfolio
sector lending requirement of 40% of net bank credit. of government securities. While a significant portion of these
SLR securities are held in the “Held-to-Maturity’ (HTM) category,
The Bank’s financial institutions and government business
some of these are held in the “Available for Sale” (AFS) category.
group (FIG) offers commercial and transaction banking
In the current year the Bank realized gains on its bond
products to financial institutions, public sector undertakings,
portfolio in a declining interest rate environment.
central and state government departments. The main focus for
this segment remained offering various deposit and transaction Service Quality Initiatives
banking products to this segment besides deepening these
relationships by offering funded, non-funded treasury and Your Bank continued to improve customer service in various
foreign exchange products. spheres of its business through Service Quality Initiatives and
Quality Projects using Lean Sigma Tool-kit, 5S and other business
International Operations excellence initiatives. Over 1,500 projects were executed during
In October 2008, your bank opened its first overseas the year that resulted in a significant reduction of turn around
commercial branch in Bahrain. The branch offers the bank’s times for various processes, process efficiency improvements,
suite of banking services including treasury and trade finance cost reduction, enhanced productivity and ultimately improved
products for corporate clients and wealth management customer service.
products for Non-resident Indians. The Bahrain branch will
Your Bank has integrated the customer complaints management
serve as your bank’s gateway into the middle-east tapping the
processes with the existing service quality initiatives to achieve
growth potential in this region.

Directors' Report
greater synergies towards driving service excellence. Service In accordance with the guidelines issued by Reserve Bank of
quality initiatives include the audit of services and improvement India on the New Capital Adequacy Framework (Basel II), the
on the areas identified on the basis of customer feedback on Bank has migrated to the Standardised Approach for Credit Risk
experiences at various touch-points. Your Bank also integrated and the Basic Indicator Approach for Operational Risk effective
service quality objectives with the Business Objectives of the March 31, 2009. The Bank, simultaneously, progresses on its
Bank to bring a coordinated approach towards improving initiatives towards meeting the standards set out for the more
business by delighting customers. New elements were added advanced capital approaches under Basel II. These initiatives
and renewed improvement schemes were installed using cover enhancement of the Bank’s risk management architecture,
technology to ensure customer convenience, security of capabilities, processes, systems and technology in areas such as
transactions and reduce transaction cost. The service quality ratings systems, borrower segmentation, exposure aggregation,
risk mapping, risk estimation and capital computation.
improvement drive was implemented for business units of the
bank as well as key support departments. INTERNAL AUDIT & COMPLIANCE
The Bank plans to use this platform to drive systemic changes The Bank has Internal Audit & Compliance functions which are
and process re-engineering using technology and Service Quality responsible for independently evaluating the adequacy of all
Initiatives to further enhance customer experience and business internal controls and ensuring operating and business units
value. adhere to internal processes and procedures as well as to
regulatory and legal requirements. The audit function also pro-
Risk Management & Portfolio Quality actively recommends improvements in operational processes and
service quality. To ensure independence, the Audit department
The Bank in the course of its business is exposed to various risks,
has a reporting line to the Chairman of the Board of Directors
of which the most important are credit risk, market risk (including
and the Audit & Compliance Committee of the Board and only
liquidity risk and price risk) and operational risk. The identification,
indirectly to the Managing Director. To mitigate operational risks,
measurement, monitoring and control of risks remain key aspects
the Bank has put in place extensive internal controls including
of the Bank’s risk management system. Sound risk management restricted access to the Bank’s computer systems, appropriate
supported by a balanced risk-reward trade-off is critical to segregation of front and back office operations and strong audit
achieving the Bank’s business strategy for business and revenue trails. The Audit & Compliance Committee of the Board also
growth. Specific to credit risk, the Bank has distinct policies and reviews the performance of the Audit & Compliance functions
processes in place for the retail and wholesale businesses. The and reviews the effectiveness of controls and compliance with
credit cycle in the retail assets business is managed through regulatory guidelines.
appropriate front-end credit, operational and collection
processes. There are programs for each product, which define CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
the target customer segments, underwriting standards, security
structure etc., to ensure consistency of credit origination patterns. Corporate Social Responsibility
Given its granularity, the retail credit portfolio is managed largely As its operations have grown your bank has retained its focus on
on a portfolio basis, across various products and customer various areas of corporate sustainability that impact the socio
segments. During the year the Bank obtained an ISO 9001:2008 economic ecosystem that we are part of. HDFC Bank’s focus in
certification for its retail asset underwriting. Credit risk in the the area of corporate sustainability includes social sustainability
wholesale business is managed through target market definition, & social welfare and financial inclusion.
comprehensive credit assessment, appropriate approval process,
ongoing post-disbursement monitoring and remedial Social Sustainability & Social Welfare
management procedures. The risk in the portfolio is managed
and mitigated by periodic reviews and diversification across Your Bank is committed to making a positive impact across the
individual borrowers, related borrowers, industries, sectors etc. local communities it is present in and the society at large. The
bank has initiated a number of programs to encourage economic,
As of March 31, 2009, the Bank’s ratio of gross Non-Performing social and educational development within the communities that
Assets (NPAs) to total customer assets was 1.98%. The Bank’s ratio it operates; while at the same time contributing to several grass
of gross NPAs was 1.3% on March 31, 2008, which moved to 1.7% root level development programs across these geographies.
immediately after the merger of CBOP. Of the total gross NPAs on
The foundation of social sustainability is based on creating
March 31, 2009 around 42% were on account of the merger. Net employment opportunities. Your bank directly employs 52,687
non-performing assets (gross non-performing assets less specific people across the nation while at the same time generating
loan loss provisions, interest in suspense and ECGC claims opportunities for thousands of others through its vast network
received) were 0.6% of customer assets as of March 31, 2009. The of agents, suppliers and contractors.
specific loan loss provisions that the Bank has made for its non-
performing assets continue to be more conservative than the Your Bank believes that the benefits of economic growth should
regulatory requirement. percolate to all sections of society and the best means to action

Directors' Report
this is to use education and skills training as the means of technology at their doorsteps. The bank has also facilitated a
intervention to impact its objectives for the overall development platform through online market linkage facility for SHGs
of society. In the year 2008-2009 towards its aim of quality undertaking micro entrepreneurial activity.
education the Bank has supported a variety of educational
programs ranging from educational sponsorships for girls, With the view to imparting financial literacy, bank has published
adoption of state-run schools, running of academic support financial literacy booklet in regional language and has devised a
classes and reading classes. Apart from these initiatives the Bank short film for financial counselling.
also provide skills training to school dropouts, youth, women
Health and Hygiene
and other disadvantaged groups.
Under its health care project, the bank has provided financial
The Bank’s social development programs have so far touched
assistance to a number of villages for the construction of basic
the lives of around 17,000 children and 3,000 youth. The Bank
sanitation facilities. The society formed through this initiative
has also initiated a 'Social and Financial literacy Program’ for
motivated and educated people on the importance of basic
school children to educate them on the importance of savings,
sanitation. Villagers were convinced to come together to form
to enable them differentiate between healthy and unhealthy
federations and manage the funds and their deployment. These
spending, cultivate financial best practices and to take financial
village level committees undertook the sanitation project with
decisions based on real needs.
the support of the Bank.
Financial Inclusion Water security and the provision of safe drinking water is a
Microfinance has, in recent times come to be recognized as one fundamental requirement for sustainable development. The Bank
provides financial support to village level SHG federations
of the key developmental tools that can be harnessed for
comprising 800 families in Sivanarpuram and Keerapalayam part
alleviating poverty through social and economic empowerment
of the Cuddalore district that lack potable water due to iron
of the poor. Your bank was one of the early movers to enter into
chlorosis, turbity, microbial contamination etc. This federation
the microfinance sector five years ago. Considering the huge
along with its technology partner plans to set up a ‘safe drinking
impact on the livelihoods and empowerment of the rural poor,
water’ plant. This grass roots approach of introducing applicable
the bank has adopted different business models in order to reach
technology achieves the twin objectives of providing drinking
segments of the rural poor. The Bank’s microfinance program
water a basic right, and also serves as an income generation
provides access to financial services such as credit, savings,
program.
insurance, money transfers etc. to the poor in a sustainaible and
commercially viable manner. The employees of your Bank form the core of all its CSR programs
and continue to contribute actively, through corporate
Bulk lending to Microfinance Institutions volunteering. Under the bank’s payroll contribution program
amounts donated by the employees are matched by the bank. In
The Bank has successfully implemented the bulk bank linkage
response to the Bihar floods the employees of the bank donated
model. Under this program which has been growing rapidly the
a day’s basic salary to the prime ministers relief fund.
bank extends bulk loans to micro finance institutions for onward
lending to women enabling them to undertake income Your Bank continues to focus in designing financially sustainable
generation activities. The bank in partnership with 104 models that encourage community participation, ownership and
Microfinance institutions and 203 NGOs has extended credit wide outreach. The Bank has opened 12 specialised microfinance
facilities exceeding Rs. 700 crores in 17 states and has financially branches in the states of Tamilnadu, Andhra Pradesh and Orissa
included over 2 million rural households creating inroads to to cater to the needs of the above initiatives.
alleviate poverty that is prevalent in certain sections of the
country. HUMAN RESOURCES
Lending to Self Help Groups The total number of employees of your bank increased from
37,836 as on March 31, 2008 to 52,687 as of March 31, 2009. The
As part of its commitment towards social banking and facilitating growth in the employee base was in line with the growth in the
community development, the Bank has played an active role in banks businesses and distribution both inorganically as well as
providing financial services through Self Help Groups (SHGs) organically. The Bank continues to focus on training its
under the business correspondent model and considers it as a employees on a continuing basis, both on the job and through
potential initiative for delivering financial services to the rural training programs conducted by internal and external faculty.
poor in a sustainable manner. Under the SHG bank linkage The Bank has consistently believed that broader employee
programme, the bank has financed around 43,000 SHGs with an ownership of its shares has a positive impact on its performance
amount of over Rs. 200 crores and has brought in approximately and employee motivation.
6 lakh households under financial inclusion through business
correspondent partners. These SHGs are provided with No Frill HDFC Bank lists 'people’ as one of its stated values. The Bank
Savings Account, Closed User Group ATM cards and Point of Sale believes in empowering its employees and constantly takes
terminals for delivering financial services using low cost various measures to achieve this.

Directors' Report
STATUTORY DISCLOSURES iv) we have prepared the annual accounts on a going concern
basis.
The information required under Section 217(2A) of the
Companies Act, 1956 and the rules made thereunder, are given DIRECTORS
in the annexure appended hereto and forms part of this
report. In terms of section 219(1)(iv) of the Act, the Report and Mr. Vineet Jain resigned as a Director of the Bank with effect from
Accounts are being sent to the shareholders excluding the December 27, 2008. Your Directors wish to place on record their
aforesaid annexure. Any shareholder interested in obtaining sincere appreciation of the contribution made by Mr. Jain during
a copy of the said annexure may write to the Company his tenure as a Director.
Secretary at the Registered Office of the Bank. The Bank had
52,687 employees as on March 31, 2009. 515 employed Mr. Arvind Pande and Mr. Ashim Samanta retire by rotation at
throughout the year were in receipt of remuneration of more the ensuing Annual General Meeting and being eligible offer
than Rs. 24.0 lakhs per annum and 54 employees employed themselves for re-appointment.
for part of the year were in receipt of remuneration of more
The brief resume/details relating to the Directors who are to be
than Rs. 2.0 lakhs per month.
re-appointed are furnished in the report on Corporate
The provisions of Section 217(1)(e) of the Act relating to Governance.
conservation of energy and technology absorption do not apply
to your Bank. The Bank has, however, used information AUDITORS
technology extensively in its operations.
The Auditors M/s. Haribhakti & Co., Chartered Accountants will
The report on the Corporate Governance is annexed herewith retire at the conclusion of the forthcoming Annual General
and forms part of this report. Meeting and are eligible for re-appointment. Members are
requested to consider their re-appointment on remuneration
RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT to be decided by the Audit and Compliance Committee of the
Board. The re-appointment of Auditors is subject to the
The Board of Directors hereby state that approval of the Reserve Bank of India.
i) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the applicable ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
accounting standards have been followed along with proper
explanation relating to material departures; Your Directors would like to place on record their gratitude
for all the guidance and co-operation received from the
ii) we have selected such accounting policies and applied them Reserve Bank of India and other Government and Regulatory
consistently and made judgments and estimates that are Agencies. Your Directors would also like to take this
reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of opportunity to express their appreciation for the hard work
the state of affairs of the Bank as on March 31, 2009 and of and dedicated efforts put in by the Bank’s employees and
the profit of the Bank for the year ended on that date; look forward to their continued contribution in building a
World Class Indian Bank.
iii) we have taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance
of adequate accounting records in accordance with the On behalf of the Board of Directors
provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 for safeguarding the
assets of the Bank and for preventing and detecting frauds Jagdish Capoor
and other irregularities; Mumbai, April 23, 2009 Chairman

Directors' Report
Annexure to Directors’ Report for the year ended March 31, 2009
EMPLOYEES’ STOCK OPTIONS
Details of the stock options granted, vested, exercised and forfeited & expired during the year under review are as under :
Scheme(s) Exercise Options Options Options Options Options Total Options

Price (Rs.) Granted Vested Exercised Forfeited Lapsed in Force
& Shares as on
Allotted* March 31,2009
ESOS IV 358.60 - - 55500 - - 202300
ESOS V 366.30 - - 23400 - - 99700
ESOS VI 362.90 - - 23000 - - 85200
ESOS VII 630.60 - 1726800 700200 38400 75200 2395600
ESOS VIII 994.85 - 728800 28500 163500 4000 2535900
ESOS IX 994.85 - 703400 22200 119600 9600 2299000
ESOS X 1098.70 - 327500 - 41000 29000 585000
ESOS XI 1098.70 - 672400 1300 46400 10800 1277000
ESOS XII 1098.70 - 3051800 14000 147600 3800 5901100
ESOS XIII 1126.45 1253000 - - - - 1253000
eCBOP – Key ESOP 116.00 - - 41380 - - 122070
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 1 565.50 - - 680 - 600 3999
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 2 442.25 - - 15473 - 2950 44231
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 3 442.25 - - 2450 - - 15369
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 4 442.25 - 26663 17442 - 6178 25603
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 5 536.50 - 300207 37831 31671 14239 391801
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 6 536.50 - 7407 21606 6706 1112 56400
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 7 593.05 - 46946 62064 63181 6455 394041
eCBOP 2004 – Scheme 8 859.85 - 99925 207 10622 16871 224819
eCBOP 2007 – Scheme 1 1162.90 - 742495 - 121239 78017 1285402
eCBOP 2007 – Scheme 2 1258.60 - 214764 - 18534 14243 396492
Total 1253000 8649107 1067233 808453 273065 19594027
* One (1) share would arise on exercise of one (1) stock option.

Directors' Report
Other details are as under :

Money realized by exercise of options The Bank received Rs. 106.7 lacs towards share capital and
Rs. 6,246.4 lacs towards share premium (net of Fringe Benefit Tax)
on account of 1,067,233 stock options exercised and allotted
during the year under review.
Pricing Formula for ESOS XIII Closing market price on the stock exchange where there is highest
trading volume on the immediately preceding working day of
the date of grant.
Details of options granted to:
i. Directors & Senior managerial personnel Name Options Granted

Abhay Aima 75000
Aditya Puri 175000
Ashish Parthasarthy 75000
Harish Engineer 100000
Kaizad Bharucha 75000
Mandeep Maitra 75000
Navin Puri 75000
Paresh Sukthankar 100000
Pralay Mondal 75000
Rahul Bhagat 75000
Rajan Ananthanarayan 78000
Sashi Jagdishan 75000
ii. Other employee who receives a grant in any one year of None
option amounting to 5% or more of option granted during
that year
iii. Identified employees who were granted option, during None

any one year, equal to or exceeding 1% of the issued
capital (excluding outstanding warrants and conversions)
of the company at the time of grant
Variation of terms of Options The Compensation Committee at its meeting held on 14th January
2009 has approved the following variations subject to the approval
of the members :
1) The exercise period in respect of options granted under

Schemes ESOS VIII to XIII of the Bank was extended from 2 years
from the date of vesting to 4 years from the date of vesting and
in the case of options granted under ESOS VII the exercise period
was extended to 4 years from the date of vesting in respect of
the second and third tranches that were vested on 18th July 2007
and 18th July 2008 respectively.
2) In respect of the options granted by the erstwhile Centurion

Bank of Punjab Limited under its various employee stock option
schemes and outstanding as on 14th January 2009, the exercise
period was extended to six months from the last working day of
the employee in the Bank in line with the terms applicable to the
other employees of the Bank under the existing Schemes, in the
event of resignation from employment for reasons other than
retirement.

Directors' Report
Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) pursuant to issue of shares The Diluted EPS of the Bank calculated after considering the
on exercise of option calculated in accordance with Accounting effect of potential equity shares arising on account of exercise
Standard (AS) - 20 (Earnings Per Share). of options is Rs. 52.6.
Where the company has calculated the employee compensation Had the Bank followed fair value method for accounting the
cost using the intrinsic value of the stock options, the difference stock option compensation expense would have been higher by
between the employee compensation cost so computed and the Rs. 156.6 crores. Consequently profit after tax would have been
employee compensation cost that shall have been recognized if lower by Rs. 103.4 crores and the basic EPS of the Bank would
it had used the fair value of the options, shall be disclosed. The have been Rs. 50.42 per share (lower by Rs. 2.43 per share) and the
impact of this difference on profits and on EPS of the company Diluted EPS would have been Rs. 50.17 per share (lower by
shall also be disclosed. Rs. 2.42 per share)
Weighted-average exercise prices and weighted-average fair The weighted average price of the stock options exercised is
values of options shall be disclosed separately for options whose Rs. 595.29 and the weighted average fair value is Rs. 333.45
exercise price either equals or exceeds or is less than the market
price of the stock options.
A description of the method and significant assumptions used The Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has prescribed two
during the year to estimate the fair values of options, at the time methods to account for stock grants; (i) the intrinsic value method;
of grant including the following weighted-average information: (ii) the fair value method. The Bank adopts the intrinsic value
method to account for the stock options it grants to the
employees. The Bank also calculates the fair value of options at
the time of grant, using internally developed and tested model
with the following assumptions :
i. Risk-free interest rate, It will remain between 9.2% to 9.3%
ii. Expected life, 1-4 years
iii. Expected volatility, It will be around 39.71%
iv. Expected dividends, and 0.8%
v. The price of the underlying share in market at the time of The per share market price was Rs. 1,126.45 at the time of grant of
option grant options under ESOS XIII
The compensation committee, at its meeting held on January 14, 2009, accorded its approval for extending the life of some of the
ESOPs from two years from date of vesting to four years from date of vesting. ESOPs thus modified have been fair valued as on
January 14, 2009, being the modification date. The various assumptions considered in the pricing model for the ESOPs modified
during the year ended March 31, 2009 are :
March 31, 2009

Dividend Yield 0.9%
Expected volatility 47.13%
Risk-free interest rate 4.5%-5.2%
Expected life of the option 1-6 years
The incremental share based compensation determined under fair value based method amounts to Rs. 43.2 crores.

Auditors' Report
To The Shareholders of HDFC Bank Limited
We have audited the attached Balance Sheet of HDFC Bank (b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by
Limited (“the Bank”) as at 31 March 2009 and also the Profit law have been kept by the Bank so far as appears from
and Loss Account of the Bank and the Cash Flow statement our examination of those books.
annexed thereto for the year ended on that date. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s (c) as per the information and explanations given to us the
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Central government has, till date, not prescribed any cess
these financial statements based on our audit. payable under Section 441A of the Companies Act, 1956.
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing
(d) On the basis of the written representation received from
standards generally accepted in India. Those standards
the directors and taken on record by the Board of
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as at 31
are free of material misstatement(s). An audit includes March, 2009 from being appointed as a director in terms
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts of clause (g) of sub-section 1 of Section 274 of the
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also Companies Act, 1956.
includes assessing the accounting principles and significant
estimates made by the management, as well as evaluating In our opinion and to the best of our information and
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that according to the explanations given to us, the said accounts
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. together with the notes thereon give the information
required by the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 as well as the
The Balance Sheet and the Profit and Loss Account have
been drawn up in accordance with the provisions of Section Companies Act, 1956 in the manner so required for the
29 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 read with Section banking companies and give a true and fair view in
211 of the Companies Act, 1956. conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted
in India:
We report that:
(a) In the case of Balance Sheet, of the state of affairs of
(a) We have obtained all the information and explanations
which to the best of our knowledge and belief, were the Bank as at 31 March 2009;
necessary for the purpose of the audit and found them
(b) In the case of the Profit and Loss Account, of the profit
to be satisfactory.
for the year ended on that date; and
(b) In our opinion the transactions of the Bank, which have
come to our notice have been within the powers of the (c) In the case of the Cash Flow Statement, of the cash flows
Bank. for the year ended on that date.
(c) The returns received from Bahrain branch have been

found adequate for the purposes of our audit.
In our opinion, the Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss

For Haribhakti & Co.
Account and the Cash Flow Statement comply with the
Accounting Standards referred to in sub-section (3C) of
Section 211 of the Companies Act, 1956, in so far as they
apply to the Bank and are not inconsistent with the
accounting policies prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India. Manoj Daga
We further report that: Partner
M. No. 048523
(a) The Balance Sheet, the Profit and Loss Account and the
Cash Flow Statement dealt with by this report are in Mumbai
agreement with the books of account of the Bank. 23 April 2009

Balance Sheet
As at March 31, 2009
Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
Schedule 31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital 1 4,253,841 3,544,329
Equity Share Warrants 4,009,158 -
Reserves and Surplus 2 142,209,460 111,428,076
Employees’ Stock Options (Grants) Outstanding 54,870 -
Deposits 3 1,428,115,800 1,007,685,910
Borrowings 4 26,858,374 45,949,235
Other Liabilities and Provisions 5 227,206,229 163,158,482
Total 1,832,707,732 1,331,766,032
ASSETS
Cash and balances with Reserve Bank of India 6 135,272,112 125,531,766
Balances with Banks and Money at Call and Short notice 7 39,794,055 22,251,622
Investments 8 588,175,488 493,935,382
Advances 9 988,830,473 634,268,934
Fixed Assets 10 17,067,290 11,750,917
Other Assets 11 63,568,314 44,027,411
Total 1,832,707,732 1,331,766,032
Contingent Liabilities 12 4,059,816,885 5,930,080,864
Bills for Collection 85,522,390 69,207,148
Principal Accounting Policies and Notes forming

integral part of the financial statements 17 & 18
In terms of our report of even date attached. For and on behalf of the Board
Jagdish Capoor Harish Engineer Keki M. Mistry
Chairman Executive Director Ashim Samanta
Aditya Puri Paresh Sukthankar Renu Karnad
Managing Director Executive Director Arvind Pande
Manoj Daga C M Vasudev
Partner Sanjay Dongre Gautam Divan
Executive Vice President (Legal) & Dr. Pandit Palande
Mumbai, 23 April, 2009 Company Secretary Directors

Profit and Loss Account
For the year ended March 31, 2009
Rs. in ‘000
Schedule Year Ended Year Ended

31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
I. INCOME
Interest earned 13 163,322,611 101,150,087
Other income 14 32,906,035 22,831,425
Total 196,228,646 123,981,512

II. EXPENDITURE
Interest expended 15 89,111,044 48,871,146
Operating expenses 16 55,328,058 37,456,168
Provisions and contingencies [includes provision for income tax
and fringe benefit tax of Rs. 105,431 lacs (previous year : Rs. 690,45 lacs)] 29,340,152 21,752,268
Total 173,779,254 108,079,582

III. PROFIT
Net Profit for the year 22,449,392 15,901,930
Profit brought forward 25,746,345 19,320,397
Total 48,195,737 35,222,327

IV. APPROPRIATIONS
Transfer to Statutory Reserve 5,612,349 3,975,483
Proposed dividend 4,253,841 3,012,680
Tax (including cess) on dividend 722,940 512,005
Dividend (including tax/cess thereon) pertaining to previous year
paid during the year 5,900 621
Transfer to General Reserve 2,244,939 1,590,193
Transfer to Capital Reserve 938,660 -
Transfer to / (from) Investment Reserve Account (138,550) 385,000
Balance carried over to Balance Sheet 34,555,658 25,746,345
Total 48,195,737 35,222,327

V. EARNINGS PER EQUITY SHARE (Face value Rs. 10 per share) Rs. Rs.
Basic 52.85 46.22
Diluted 52.59 45.59
Principal Accounting Policies and Notes forming
integral part of the financial statements 17 & 18

Cash Flow Statement
Rs. in ‘000
Particulars 2008-2009 2007-2008
Cash flows from operating activities
Net profit before income tax 32,992,534 22,806,398
Adjustments for :
Depreciation 3,599,088 2,717,161
(Profit) / Loss on Revaluation of Investments 279,856 (777,664)
Amortisation of premia on investments 4,442,222 2,883,812
Loan Loss provisions 16,057,967 10,263,694
Floating Provisions 50,000 -
Provision against standard assets 1,204,814 1,896,602
Provision for wealth tax 6,100 4,500
Contingency provision 1,528,129 2,683,004
(Profit) on sale of fixed assets (41,890) (6,956)
60,118,820 42,470,551
Adjustments for :
(Increase) in Investments (29,544,309) (190,277,830)
(Increase) in Advances (212,421,813) (175,084,828)
Increase / (Decrease) in Borrowings (28,941,226) 17,795,336
Increase in Deposits 202,337,174 324,706,510
(Increase) / (Decrease) in Other assets 992,702 (3,767,356)
Increase in Other liabilities and provisions 4,320,793 20,074,785
(3,137,859) 35,917,168
Direct taxes paid (net of refunds) (14,223,562) (8,685,912)
Net cash flow from / (used in) operating activities (17,361,421) 27,231,256
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets (6,752,720) (6,293,691)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets 114,946 95,879
Net cash used in investing activities (6,637,774) (6,197,812)

Cash Flow Statement
Rs. in ‘000
Particulars 2008-2009 2007-2008
Cash flows from financing activities
Money received on exercise of stock options by employees 878,060 1,060,051
Proceeds from issue of Convertible Warrants 4,009,158 -
Proceeds from ADR issue net of underwriting commission - 23,938,655
Proceeds from issue of preferential allotment of equity share capital - 13,901,041
Proceeds from issue of Upper & Lower Tier II capital Instruments 28,750,000 -
Redemption of subordinated debt (460,000) -
Dividend during the year (3,018,580) (2,236,321)
Tax on Dividend (512,005) (379,962)
Net cash generated from financing activities 29,646,633 36,283,464
Cash and cash equivalents on amalgamation 21,635,341 -
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 27,282,779 57,316,908
Cash and cash equivalents as at April 1st 147,783,388 90,466,480
Cash and cash equivalents as at March 31st 175,066,167 147,783,388

Schedules to the Accounts
Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 1 - CAPITAL
Authorised Capital
55,00,00,000 ( 31 March, 2008 : 55,00,00,000) Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each 5,500,000 5,500,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up Capital
42,53,84,109 (31 March, 2008 : 35,44,32,920) Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each 4,253,841 3,544,329
Total 4,253,841 3,544,329
SCHEDULE 2 - RESERVES AND SURPLUS
I. Statutory Reserve
Opening Balance 15,193,539 11,218,056
Additions on amalgamation 2,181,403 -
Additions during the year 5,612,349 3,975,483
Total 22,987,291 15,193,539
II. General Reserve
Opening Balance 5,115,584 4,160,838
Deductions during the year* - (635,447)
Total 7,360,523 5,115,584
III. Balance in Profit and Loss Account 34,555,658 25,746,345
IV. Share Premium Account
Opening Balance 64,794,740 26,245,426
Additions during the year 643,241 38,549,314
Total 65,437,981 64,794,740
V. Amalgamation Reserve
Opening Balance 145,218 145,218
Additions during the year 10,490,346 -
Total 10,635,564 145,218
VI. Capital Reserve
Additions during the year 938,660 -
Total 956,510 17,850

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
VII. Investment Reserve Account

Additions during the year 17,092 417,800
Deductions during the year (155,642) (32,800)
Total 276,250 414,800
VIII. Foreign Currency Translation Account
Opening Balance - -
Additions during the year (317) -
Total (317) -
Total 142,209,460 111,428,076
*Represents transition adjustment during the previous year on account of first time
adoption of Accounting Standard 15 (Revised) on “Employee benefits” issued by The
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
SCHEDULE 3 - DEPOSITS
A. I. Demand Deposits
(i) From Banks 7,592,207 8,447,086
(ii) From Others 276,857,000 279,149,871
Total 284,449,207 287,596,957
II. Savings Bank Deposits 349,147,360 261,539,430
III. Term Deposits
(i) From Banks 16,305,286 15,195,861
(ii) From Others 778,213,947 443,353,662
Total 794,519,233 458,549,523
Total 1,428,115,800 1,007,685,910
B. I. Deposits of Branches in India 1,427,670,642 1,007,685,910
II. Deposits of Branches Outside India 445,158 -
Total 1,428,115,800 1,007,685,910
SCHEDULE 4 - BORROWINGS
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India - -
(ii) Other Banks 6,556,193 8,867,811
(iii) Other Institutions and agencies 627,784 2,195
Total 7,183,977 8,870,006

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
II. Borrowings outside India 19,674,397 37,079,229
Total 26,858,374 45,949,235
Secured borrowings included in I & II above : Rs. Nil (previous year : Rs. 22 lacs)
SCHEDULE 5 - OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
I. Bills Payable 29,224,076 31,572,080
II. Interest Accrued 33,238,704 16,747,529
III. Others (including provisions) 87,385,781 73,487,414
IV. Upper and Lower Tier II capital and Innovative Perpetual Debt 64,778,000 32,491,000
V. Contingent Provisions against standard assets 7,602,887 5,335,774
VI. Proposed Dividend (including tax on dividend) 4,976,781 3,524,685
Total 227,206,229 163,158,482
*Issued during the year : Upper Tier II Debt : Rs. 157,500 lacs (previous year : Nil ) and
Lower Tier II Debt : Rs. 130,000 lacs (previous year : Nil)
SCHEDULE 6 - CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
I. Cash in hand (including foreign currency notes) 15,861,868 9,400,877
II. Balances with Reserve Bank of India
(a) In current accounts 118,410,244 115,130,889
(b) In other accounts 1,000,000 1,000,000
Total 119,410,244 116,130,889
Total 135,272,112 125,531,766
SCHEDULE 7 - BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
I. In India
(i) Balances with Banks :
(b) In other deposit accounts 6,610,615 7,069,898
Total 9,050,506 9,949,101
(ii) Money at call and short notice :
(a) With banks - -
(b) With other institutions 12,422,500 -
Total 12,422,500 -
Total 21,473,006 9,949,101

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
II. Outside India
(i) In current accounts 5,298,405 1,736,740
(ii) In deposit accounts 1,014,400 37,312
(iii) Money at call and short notice 12,008,244 10,528,469
Total 18,321,049 12,302,521
Total 39,794,055 22,251,622
SCHEDULE 8 - INVESTMENTS
A. Investments in India in
(i) Government securities 521,565,829 316,655,822
(ii) Other approved securities 12,500 5,799
(iii) Shares 397,334 344,659
(iv) Debentures and Bonds 19,428,414 62,517,190
(v) Subsidiaries / Joint Ventures 1,550,991 1,237,801
(vi) Units, Certificate of Deposits and Others 45,218,242 113,171,933
Total 588,173,310 493,933,204
B. Investments outside India 2,178 2,178
Total 588,175,488 493,935,382
(i) Gross Value of Investments
(a) In India 588,727,406 494,007,727
(b) Outside India 2,178 2,178
Total 588,729,584 494,009,905
(ii) Provision for Depreciation
(a) In India 554,096 74,523
(b) Outside India - -
Total 554,096 74,523
(iii)Net Value of Investments
(a) In India 588,173,310 493,933,204
Total 588,175,488 493,935,382

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 9 - ADVANCES
A (i) Bills purchased and discounted 48,553,378 16,373,800

(ii) Cash Credits, Overdrafts and Loans repayable on demand 215,972,035 154,376,855
(iii) Term loans 724,305,060 463,518,279
Total 988,830,473 634,268,934
B (i) Secured by tangible assets* 734,678,312 426,629,170
(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees 24,956,098 17,524,826
(iii) Unsecured 229,196,063 190,114,938

Total 988,830,473 634,268,934
* Including advances against Book Debts
C. I. Advances in India
(i) Priority Sector 297,815,970 174,262,927
(ii) Public Sector 30,831,056 4,772,000
(iii) Banks 3,666,663 87,500

(iv) Others 648,182,980 455,146,507
Total 980,496,669 634,268,934
II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from Banks - -
(ii) Due from Others
a) Bills Purchased and discounted 469,480 -

b) Syndicated Loans - -
c) Others 7,864,324 -
Total 8,333,804 -
Advances are net of provisions Total 988,830,473 634,268,934
SCHEDULE 10 - FIXED ASSETS
A. Premises (including Land)

Gross Block
At cost on 31st March of the preceding year 5,243,809 3,676,903
Total 7,160,665 5,243,809

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
Depreciation
As at 31st March of the preceding year 815,063 653,022
Additions on amalgamation 356,312 -
Charge for the year 318,536 162,749
On deductions during the year (7,251) (708)
Total 1,482,660 815,063
Net Block 5,678,005 4,428,746
B. Other Fixed Assets (including furniture and fixtures)
Gross Block
Total 27,792,009 18,187,640
Depreciation
As at 31st March of the preceding year 10,865,469 8,417,753
Charge for the year 3,271,247 2,554,412
On deductions during the year (628,749) (106,696)
Total 16,480,946 10,865,469
Net Block 11,311,063 7,322,171
C. Assets on Lease (Plant and Machinery)
Gross Block
At cost on 31st March of the preceding year 438,277 438,277
Total 4,613,605 438,277

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
Depreciation
Charge for the year 9,305 -
Total 4,092,927 117,412
Lease Adjustment Account
Total 442,456 320,865
Unamortised cost of assets on lease 78,222 -
Total 17,067,290 11,750,917
SCHEDULE 11 - OTHER ASSETS
I. Interest accrued 14,182,607 11,904,853
II. Advance tax (net of provision) 9,064,297 4,071,414
III. Stationery and stamps 310,936 282,286
IV. Non banking assets acquired in satisfaction of claims 5,934 -
V. Bond and share application money pending allotment - 34,280
VI. Security deposit for commercial and residential property 3,878,934 1,941,681
VII. Others* 36,125,606 25,792,897
Total 63,568,314 44,027,411
*Inlcudes deferred tax asset (net) of Rs. 862,82 lacs (previous year : Rs. 383,21 lacs)
SCHEDULE 12 - CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
I. Claims against the bank not acknowledged as debts - Taxation 5,694,200 2,335,204
II. Claims against the bank not acknowledged as debts - Others 456,475 120,828
III. Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange contracts 2,338,927,663 1,929,955,520
IV. Liability on account of outstanding derivative contracts 1,533,722,300 3,744,418,300
V. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents - in India 76,353,601 56,621,614
VI. Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations 93,873,829 101,721,365
VII. Other items for which the Bank is contingently liable 10,788,817 94,908,033
Total 4,059,816,885 5,930,080,864

Rs. in ‘000
Year Ended Year Ended

31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 13 - INTEREST EARNED

I. Interest / discount on advances / bills 121,367,462 69,667,332
II. Income from investments 40,079,598 28,720,416
III. Interest on balance with RBI and other inter-bank funds 1,842,584 2,723,914
IV Others 32,967 38,425
Total 163,322,611 101,150,087
SCHEDULE 14 - OTHER INCOME
I. Commission, exchange and brokerage 24,572,966 17,145,033
II. Profit on sale of investments 4,105,383 1,640,111
III. Profit / (loss) on revaluation of investments (279,856) 777,664
IV. Profit on sale of building and other assets (net) 41,890 6,956
V. Profit on exchange transactions (net) 5,986,077 2,831,292
VI. Miscellaneous income / (loss) (1,520,425) 430,369
Total 32,906,035 22,831,425
SCHEDULE 15 - INTEREST EXPENDED
I. Interest on Deposits 80,154,548 43,827,282
II. Interest on RBI / Inter-bank borrowings 5,564,918 2,424,268
III. Other interest* 3,391,578 2,619,596
Total 89,111,044 48,871,146
*Principally includes interest on subordinated debt.
SCHEDULE 16 - OPERATING EXPENSES
I. Payments to and provisions for employees 22,381,984 13,013,504
II. Rent, taxes and lighting 5,073,955 2,586,063
III. Printing and stationery 1,670,614 1,309,817
IV. Advertisement and publicity 1,086,768 1,147,346
V. Depreciation on bank’s property 3,599,088 2,717,161
VI. Directors’ fees, allowances and expenses 4,214 3,910
VII Auditors’ fees and expenses 13,302 8,154
VIII. Law charges 193,062 104,994
IX. Postage, telegram, telephone etc. 3,343,654 3,498,771
X. Repairs and maintenance 3,029,322 1,793,326
XI. Insurance 1,387,532 901,621
XII. Other Expenditure* 13,544,563 10,371,501
Total 55,328,058 37,456,168
* Includes marketing expenses, professional fees, travel and hotel charges,
entertainment, registrar and transfer agency fees and system management fees.

SCHEDULE 17 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES APPENDED TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2009.
A OVERVIEW
HDFC Bank Limited, incorporated in Mumbai, India is a publicly held banking company engaged in providing a wide
range of banking and financial services including commercial banking and treasury operations. HDFC Bank is a banking
company governed by the Banking Regulation Act, 1949. During the year, the Bank commenced operations abroad by
establishing its first overseas branch in Bahrain.
B BASIS OF PREPARATION
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention and accrual basis of
accounting, unless otherwise stated and comply with generally accepted accounting principles, statutory requirements
prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act 1949, circulars and guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) from
time to time, Accounting Standards (‘AS’) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’) and notified by
the Companies Accounting Standard Rules, 2006 to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing within the banking
industry in India.
The preparation of financial statements requires the management to make estimates and assumptions considered in the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as of the date of the financial statements and
the reported income and expense for the reporting period. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation
of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Future results could differ from these estimates. Any revision in
the accounting estimates is recognized prospectively in the current and future period.
C PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
1 Investments
Classification
In accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, Investments are classified at the date of purchase into “Held
for Trading” (HFT), “Available for Sale” (AFS) and “Held to Maturity” (HTM) categories (hereinafter called “categories”).
Subsequent shifting amongst the categories is done in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Under each of these
categories, investments are further classified under six groups (hereinafter called “groups”) - Government Securities,
Other Approved Securities, Shares, Debentures and Bonds, Investments in Subsidiaries/Joint ventures and Other
Investments.
Basis of Classification :
Investments that are held principally for resale within 90 days from the date of purchase are classified under “Held
for Trading” category.
Investments which the Bank intends to hold till maturity, are classified as HTM securities. Investments in the equity
of subsidiaries are categorized as “Held to Maturity” in accordance with RBI guidelines.
Investments which are not classified in the above categories, are classified under “Available for Sale” category.
Acquisition Cost :
In determining acquisition cost of an investment:
• Brokerage, Commission, etc. paid at the time of acquisition, are charged to revenue.
• Broken period interest on debt instruments is treated as a revenue item.
• Cost of investments is based on the weighted average cost method.
Disposal of Investments :
Profit/Loss on sale of investments under the aforesaid three categories are taken to the Profit and Loss account. The
profit from sale of investment under Held to Maturity category, net of taxes and transfers to statutory reserve is
appropriated to “Capital Reserve”.
Valuation :
Investments classified under Available for Sale category and Held for Trading category are marked to market as per
the RBI guidelines. Net depreciation, if any, in any of the six groups, is charged to the Profit and Loss account. The

net appreciation, if any, in any of the six groups is not recognised except to the extent of depreciation already
provided. The book value of individual securities is not changed after the valuation of investments.
Investments classified under Held for Maturity category are carried at their acquisition cost and not marked to market.
Any premium on acquisition is amortized over the remaining maturity period of the security on a constant yield to
maturity basis. Such amortization of premium is adjusted against interest income under the head “Income from
investments” as per RBI guidelines.
Non-performing investments are identified and depreciation/provision is made thereon based on the RBI guidelines.
The depreciation/provision is not set off against the appreciation in respect of other performing securities. Interest
on non-performing investments is transferred to an interest suspense account and not recognised in the Profit or
Loss Account until received.
Repo and Reverse Repo Transactions :
In a repo transaction, the bank borrows monies against pledge of securities. The book value of the securities pledged
is credited to the investment account. Borrowing costs on repo transactions are accounted for as interest expense.
In respect of repo transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date, the difference between the sale price and
book value, if the former is lower than the latter, is provided as a loss in the income statement.
In a reverse repo transaction, the bank lends monies against incoming pledge of securities. The securities purchased
are debited to the investment account at the market price on the date of the transaction. Revenues thereon are
accounted as interest income.
In respect of repo transactions under Liquidity Adjustment Facility with RBI (LAF), monies borrowed from RBI are
credited to investment account and reversed on maturity of the transaction. Costs thereon are accounted for as
interest expense. In respect of reverse repo transactions under LAF, monies paid to RBI are debited to investment
account and reversed on maturity of the transaction. Revenues thereon are accounted as interest income.
2 Advances
Advances are classified as performing and non-performing based on the Reserve Bank of India guidelines and are
stated net of bills rediscounted, specific provisions, floating provisions, interest in suspense for non-performing
advances and claims received from Export Credit Guarantee Corporation. Interest on non - performing advances is
transferred to an interest suspense account and not recognised in the Profit and Loss Account until received.
Specific loan loss provisions in respect of non-performing advances (NPAs) are made based on management’s
assessment of the degree of impairment of wholesale and retail advances, subject to the minimum provisioning
level prescribed in the RBI guidelines. The specific provision levels for retail non-performing assets are also based on
the nature of product and delinquency levels.
The Bank maintains general provision for standard assets including credit exposures computed as per the current
marked to market value of interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts and gold at levels stipulated by
RBI from time to time. Provision for standard assets is included under Other Liabilities. Provisions made in excess of
these regulatory levels or provisions which are not made with respect to specific non-performing assets are
categorised as floating provisions. Floating provisions are netted off from Advances (as on March 31, 2009 - these
were hitherto included under Other Liabilities). Creation of further floating provisions are considered by the Bank up
to a level approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank. Floating provisions are not reversed by credit to Profit
and Loss account and can be used only for contingencies under extraordinary circumstances for making specific
provisions in impaired accounts after obtaining Board approval and with prior permission of RBI.
The Bank considers a restructured account as one where the Bank, for economic or legal reasons relating to the
borrower’s financial difficulty, grants to the borrower concessions that the Bank would not otherwise consider.
Restructuring would normally involve modification of terms of the advance/securities, which would generally include,
among others, alteration of repayment period/repayable amount/the amount of installments/rate of interest (due
to reasons other than competitive reasons). Restructured accounts are reported as such by the Bank only upon
approval and implementation of the restructuring package. Necessary provision for diminution in the fair value of
a restructured account is made. Restructuring is done at a borrower level.
In addition to the provisions required according to the asset classification status, provisioning is done for individual
country exposures (other than for home country exposure). Countries are categorised into risk categories as per
Export Credit Guarantee Corporation of India Ltd. (ECGC) guidelines and provisioning is done in respect of that
country where the net funded exposure is one percent or more of the Bank’s total assets.

3 Securitisation and Transfer of Assets
The Bank securitises out its receivables to Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) in securitisation transactions. Such securitised-
out receivables are de-recognised in the balance sheet when they are sold (true sale criteria being fully met with)
and consideration has been received by the Bank. Sales/transfers that do not meet these criteria for surrender of
control are accounted for as secured borrowings.
In respect of receivable pools securitised-out, the Bank provides liquidity and credit enhancements, as specified by
the rating agencies, in the form of cash collaterals/guarantees and/or by subordination of cash flows etc., to senior
Pass Through Certificates (PTCs).
The Bank also enters into securitisation transactions through the direct assignment route, which are similar to asset-
backed securitisation transactions through the SPV route, except that such portfolios of receivables are assigned
directly to the purchaser and are not represented by pass-through certificates.
The RBI issued guidelines on securitization of standard assets vide its circular dated February 1, 2006 under reference
no. DBOD No.BP.BC.60/21.04.048/2005-06. Pursuant to these guidelines, the Bank amortizes any profit/premium arising
on account of sale of receivables over the life of the securities sold out while any loss arising on account of sale of
receivables is recognized in the Profit and Loss Account for the period in which the sale occurs. Prior to the issuance
of the said guidelines (i.e. in respect of sell-off transactions undertaken until January 31, 2006), any gain or loss from
the sale of receivables was recognised in the period in which the sale occurred.
In accordance with RBI guidelines on sale of non performing advances if the sale is at a price below the net book
value (i.e. book value less provisions held), the shortfall is debited to the Profit and Loss Account. If the sale is for a
value higher than the net book value, the excess provision is not reversed but is utilised to meet the shortfall/loss
on account of sale of other non performing advances.
4 Fixed Assets and Depreciation
Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation as adjusted for impairment, if any. Cost includes cost of
purchase and all expenditure like site preparation, installation costs and professional fees incurred on the asset before
it is ready to use. Subsequent expenditure incurred on assets put to use is capitalized only when it increases the
future benefit/functioning capability from/of such assets.
Depreciation is charged over the estimated useful life of the fixed asset on a straight-line basis. The rates of
depreciation for certain key fixed assets, which are not lower than the rates prescribed in Schedule XIV of the
Companies Act, 1956 are given below:
Owned Premises at 1.63% per annum.
Improvements to lease hold premises are charged off over the remaining primary period of lease.
VSATs at 10% per annum
ATMs at 10% per annum
Office equipment at 16.21% per annum
Computers at 33.33% per annum
Motor cars at 25% per annum
Software and System development expenditure at 20% per annum
Point of sale terminals at 20% per annum
Assets at residences of executives of the Bank at 25% per annum
Items (excluding staff assets) costing less than Rs. 5,000/- are fully depreciated in the year of purchase
All other assets are depreciated as per the rates specified in Schedule XIV of the Companies Act, 1956.
For assets purchased and sold during the year, depreciation is provided on pro rata basis by the Bank.
The Bank undertakes assessment of the useful life of an asset at periodic intervals taking into account changes in
environment, changes in technology, the utility and efficacy of the asset in use etc. Whenever there is a revision of
the estimated useful life of an asset, the unamortised depreciable amount will be charged over the revised remaining
useful life of the said asset.
5 Impairment of Assets
The Bank assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Impairment
loss, if any, is provided in the Profit and Loss Account to the extent the carrying amount of assets exceeds their
estimated recoverable amount.

6 Transactions involving Foreign Exchange
Foreign currency income and expenditure items of domestic operations are translated at the exchange rates prevailing
on the date of the transaction, and income and expenditure items of integral foreign operations (representative
offices) and non-integral foreign operations (foreign branch) are translated at the monthly average closing rates.
Foreign currency monetary items of domestic and integral foreign operations are translated at the closing exchange
rates notified by Foreign Exchange Dealers’ Association of India (FEDAI) at the balance sheet date and the resulting
net profit or loss is included in the Profit and Loss Account.
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts outstanding as at the balance sheet date and held for trading, are
revalued at the closing spot and forward rates respectively notified by FEDAI and at interpolated rates for contracts
of interim maturities. The resulting profit or loss is included in the Profit and Loss Account.
Foreign exchange forward contracts, which are not intended for trading and are outstanding at the balance sheet
date, are effectively valued at the closing spot rate. The premia or discount arising at the inception of such a forward
exchange contract is amortized as expense or income over the life of the contract.
Contingent liabilities for guarantees, letters of credit, acceptances and endorsements are reported at closing rates of
exchange notified by FEDAI at the Balance Sheet date.
Both monetary and non-monetary foreign currency assets and liabilities of non integral foreign operations are
translated at closing exchange rates notified by FEDAI at the balance sheet date and the resulting profit/losses from
exchange differences are accumulated in the foreign currency translation account until the disposal of the net
investment in the non-integral foreign operations.
7 Lease Accounting
Lease payments for assets taken on operating lease are recognized in the Profit and Loss Account over the lease
term in accordance with the AS - 19, Leases, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
8 Employee Benefits
Employee Stock Option Scheme (“ESOS”)
The Employees Stock Option Scheme (“the Scheme“) provides for the grant of equity shares of the Bank to its employees.
The Scheme provides that employees are granted an option to acquire equity shares of the Bank that vests in a graded
manner. The options may be exercised within a specified period. The Bank follows the intrinsic value method to account
for its stock-based employees compensation plans. Compensation cost is measured by the excess, if any, of the fair
market price of the underlying stock over the exercise price on the grant date as determined under the option plan.
Fringe Benefit Tax (“FBT”) on employee stock options crystallises on the date of exercise of stock options by employees
and is computed based on the difference between its fair market value on date of vesting and its exercise price. FBT
is recovered from employees as per the Scheme and consequently there is no impact on profit and loss of the Bank.
Gratuity
The Bank provides for gratuity to all employees. The benefit is in the form of lump sum payments to vested employees
on resignation, retirement, death while in employment or on termination of employment of an amount equivalent
to 15 days basic salary payable for each completed year of service. Vesting occurs upon completion of five years of
service. The Bank makes annual contributions to funds administered by trustees and managed by insurance companies
for amounts notified by the said insurance companies and in respect of erstwhile Lord Krishna Bank (eLKB) employees,
the Bank makes annual contribution to a fund set up by eLKB and administered by the board of trustees. The
defined gratuity benefit plans are valued by an independent actuary as at the balance sheet date using the projected
unit credit method to determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related service costs.
Under this method, the determination is based on actuarial calculations, which include assumptions about
demographics, early retirement, salary increases and interest rates. Actuarial gain or loss is recognized in the profit/
loss account.
Superannuation
Employees of the Bank, above a prescribed grade, are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s
Superannuation Fund. The Bank annually contributes a sum equivalent to 13% of the employee’s eligible annual
basic salary (15% for the Managing Director) to insurance companies, which administer the fund. The Bank has no
liability for future superannuation fund benefits other than its annual contribution, and recognizes such contributions
as an expense in the year incurred, as such contribution is in the nature of defined contribution.

Provident fund
In accordance with law, all employees of the Bank are entitled to receive benefits under the provident fund. The
Bank contributes an amount, on a monthly basis, at a determined rate (currently 12% of employee’s basic salary). Of
this, the Bank contributes an amount of 8.33 % of employee’s basic salary upto a maximum salary level of Rs 6500/-
per month to the Pension Scheme administered by the Regional Provident Fund
Commissioner (RPFC) and the Bank has no liability for future provident fund benefits other than its annual contribution.
The balance amount is contributed to a fund set up by the Bank and administered by a board of trustees. In respect
of eLKB employees, the Bank contributes to a fund set up by eLKB and administered by the board of trustees. The
Bank recognizes such contributions as an expense in the year incurred. Interest payable to the members of the trust
shall not be lower than the statutory rate of interest declared by the Central government under the Employees
Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952 and shortfall, if any, shall be made good by the Bank. The
guidance note on implementing (AS) 15 (revised 2005), Employee Benefits states that benefits involving employer
established provident funds, which requires interest shortfalls to be provided, are to be considered as defined benefit
plans. Pending the issuance of the guidance note from the Actuary Society of India, the Bank’s actuary has expressed
an inability to reliably measure provident fund liabilities. Accordingly the Bank is unable to ascertain the related
information.
The Bahrain Branch makes contributions to the relevant government scheme calculated as a percentage of the
employees’ salaries. The Bahrain Branch’s obligations are limited to these contributions, which are expensed when
due, as such contribution is in nature of defined contribution.
Leave Encashment/Compensated Absences
The Bank does not have a policy of encashing unavailed leave for its employees, except for eCBoP employees whose
leave accredited till March 31, 2009 subject to a maximum of 42 days can be encashed. The Bank provides for leave
encashment/compensated absences based on an independent actuarial valuation at the balance sheet date, which
includes assumptions about demographics, early retirement, salary increases and interest rates.
Pension
In respect of pension payable to certain erstwhile eLKB employees, which is a defined benefit scheme, the Bank
contributes 10% of basic salary to a pension fund set up by the Bank and administered by the board of trustees
and balance amount is provided based on actuarial valuation at the balance sheet date conducted by an independent
actuary. In respect of employees who have moved to a cost to company (CTC) driven compensation and have
completed services up to 15 years as on October 31, 2007, contribution made till October 31, 2007 and additional one
-time contribution made for employees (who have completed more than 10 years but less than 15 years) stands
frozen and will be converted into annuity after a lock-in-period of two years. Hence for this category of employees,
liability stands frozen and no additional provision would be required except for interest if any, which is not
ascertainable. In respect of the employees who accepted the offer and have completed services for more than 15
years, pension would be paid based on salary as of October 31, 2007 and provision is made based on actuarial
valuation at the balance sheet date conducted by an independent actuary.
9 Revenue and Expense Recognition
Interest income is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account on an accrual basis, except in the case of non-performing
assets where it is recognized upon realization as per RBI norms.
Income on non coupon bearing discounted instruments and instruments which carry a premia on redemption is
recognised over the tenor of the instrument on a constant yield basis.
Dividend on equity shares, preference shares and on mutual fund units is recognised as income when the right to
receive the dividend is established.
Interest income is net of commission paid to sales agents (net of non volume based subvented income from dealers,
agents and manufacturers) – (hereafter called “net commission”) for originating fixed tenor retail loans.
Net commission paid to sales agents for originating retail loans is expensed in the year in which it is incurred.
Fees and commission income is recognised when due, except for guarantee commission and annual fees for credit
cards which are recognised on a straight line basis over the period of service.

10 Credit Cards Reward Points
The Bank estimates the probable redemption of credit card reward points and cost per point using an actuarial
method by employing an independent actuary. Provision for the said reward points is then made based on the
actuarial valuation report as furnished by the said independent actuary.
11 Income Tax
Income tax expense comprises current tax provision, the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability in the year
and fringe benefit tax. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for the future tax consequences of timing
differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss carry
forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted or substantially enacted tax rates at the
balance sheet date.
Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent there is reasonable certainty that the assets can be realized in
future. In case of unabsorbed depreciation or carried forward loss under taxation laws, deferred tax assets are
recognized only if there is virtual certainty of realization of such assets. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each
balance sheet date and appropriately adjusted to reflect the amount that is reasonably/virtually certain to be realized.
Provision for fringe benefit tax (‘FBT’) is made on the basis of applicable FBT on the taxable value of chargeable
expenditure of the Bank as prescribed under the Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules framed there under.
12 Derivative Contracts
The Bank recognizes all derivative contracts at the fair value at the date on which the derivative contracts are entered
into and are re-measured at fair value as at the balance sheet or reporting dates. Derivatives are classified as assets
when the net fair value is positive (Positive marked to market) and as liabilities when the net fair value is negative
(Negative marked to market). Changes in the fair value of derivatives other than those designated as hedges are
included in the Profit and Loss Account.
Derivative contracts designated as hedge are not marked to market unless their underlying is marked to market. In
respect of derivative contracts that are marked to market, changes in the market value are recognized in the Profit
and Loss Account in the period of change. Gains or losses arising from hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recognised
in the Profit and Loss Account.
13 Earnings Per Share
The Bank reports basic and diluted earnings per equity share in accordance with AS - 20, Earnings Per Share, issued
by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Basic earnings per equity share has been computed by dividing
net profit for the year by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings
per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue equity shares were
exercised or converted during the year. Diluted earnings per equity share has been computed using the weighted
average number of equity shares and dilutive potential equity shares outstanding during the period except where
the results are anti dilutive.
14 Segment Information – Basis of preparation
The classification of exposures to the respective segments conforms to the guidelines issued by RBI vide
DBOD.No.BP.BC.81/21.01.018/2006-07 dated April 18, 2007. Business Segments have been identified and reported taking
into account, the target customer profile, the nature of products and services, the differing risks and returns, the
organization structure, the internal business reporting system and the guidelines prescribed by RBI. The Bank operates
in the following segments:
(a) Treasury
The treasury segment primarily consists of net interest earnings on investments portfolio of the bank and
gains or losses on investment operations.
(b) Retail Banking
The retail banking segment serves retail customers through a branch network and other delivery channels. This
segment raises deposits from customers and makes loans and provides other services to such customers.
Exposures are classified under retail banking taking into account the status of the borrower (orientation criterion),
the nature of product, granularity of the exposure and the quantum thereof.
Revenues of the retail banking segment are derived from interest earned on retail loans, net of commission
(net of subvention received) paid to sales agents, and interest earned from other segments for surplus funds

placed with those segments, fees from services rendered, foreign exchange earnings on retail products etc..
Expenses of this segment primarily comprise interest expense on deposits, infrastructure and premises expenses
for operating the branch network and other delivery channels, personnel costs, other direct overheads and
allocated expenses.
(c) Wholesale Banking
The wholesale banking segment provides loans, non-fund facilities and transaction services to large corporate,
emerging corporate, supply chain and institutional customers. Revenues of the wholesale banking segment
consist of interest earned on loans made to customers, interest earned on the cash float arising from transaction
services, fees from such transaction services, earnings from trade services and other non-fund facilities and also
earnings from foreign exchange and derivatives transactions on behalf of customers. The principal expenses of
the segment consist of interest expense on funds borrowed from external sources and other internal segments,
premises expenses, personnel costs, other direct overheads and allocated expenses.
(d) Other Banking Business
This segment includes income from para banking activities such as credit cards, debit cards, third party product
distribution, primary dealership business and the associated costs.
(e) Unallocated
All items which cannot be allocated to any of the above are classified under this segment. This includes capital
and reserves, debt classifying as Tier I or Tier II capital and other unallocable assets and liabilities.
Segment revenue includes earnings from external customers plus earnings from funds transferred to other
segments. Segment result includes revenue less interest expense less operating expense and provisions, if any,
for that segment. Segment - wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Interest income is charged
by a segment that provides funding to another segment, based on yields benchmarked to an internally approved
yield curve or at a certain agreed transfer price rate. Transaction charges are levied by the retail - banking
segment to the wholesale banking segment for the use by its customers of the retail banking segment’s branch
network or other delivery channels; such transaction costs are determined on a cost plus basis. Segment capital
employed represents the net assets in that segment.
Geographic Segments
Since the Bank does not have material earnings emanating outside India, the Bank is considered to operate in
only the domestic segment.
15 Accounting for Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
In accordance with AS - 29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India, the Bank recognises provisions when it has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it
is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and
when a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.
Provisions are determined based on management estimate required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet
date, supplemented by experience of similar transactions. These are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted
to reflect the current management estimates. In cases where the available information indicates that the loss on the
contingency is reasonably possible but the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, a disclosure is made in
the financial statements.
Contingent Assets, if any, are not recognised in the financial statements since this may result in the recognition of
income that may never be realized.
16 Bullion
The Bank imports bullion including precious metal bars on a consignment basis for selling to its wholesale and retail
customers. The imports are typically on a back-to-back basis and are priced to the customer based on an estimated
price quoted by the supplier. The Bank earns a fee on such wholesale bullion transactions. The fee is classified under
commission income.
The Bank sells bullion to its retail customers. The difference between the sale price to customers and actual price
quoted by supplier is also reflected under commission income.
The Bank also borrows and lends gold, which is treated as borrowing/lending as the case may be with the interest
paid/received classified as interest expense/income.

SCHEDULE 18 - NOTES APPENDED TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2009.
1. Merger with Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited
The Scheme of Amalgamation (‘the Scheme’) of Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited (‘CBoP’ or ‘eCBoP’) with HDFC Bank Ltd.
(‘HDFC Bank’ or ‘the Bank’) under section 44 A (4) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 which was approved by the shareholders
of both the banks on March 27, 2008 was sanctioned by the RBI vide their order DBOD No. PSBD.16197/16.01.131/2007-08
dated May 20, 2008, and is effective from May 23, 2008. The appointed date of the merger was April 1, 2008. Both the
entities were banking companies incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and licensed by the RBI under the Banking
Regulation Act, 1949.
As per the Scheme, upon its coming into effect from the appointed date i.e. April 1, 2008, the entire undertaking of CBoP
including all its assets and liabilities stood transferred/deemed to be transferred to and vest in HDFC Bank. As per the
Scheme, in consideration of the transfer of and vesting of the undertaking of CBoP, one equity share of HDFC Bank of the
face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid-up was issued to members of the eCBoP for every twenty nine equity shares of the
face value of Re. 1/- each of CBoP held by them on the record date i.e. June 16, 2008. Accordingly 6,98,83,956 equity shares
of Rs. 10/- each of HDFC Bank were allotted at par to the shareholders of CBoP vide board resolution dated June 24, 2008.
The excess of the value of net assets transferred over the paid up value of shares issued in consideration have been
adjusted in Amalgamation Reserve as per the Scheme of Amalgamation.
The amalgamation has been accounted using the pooling of interest method. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of
CBoP that vested in HDFC Bank as on April 1, 2008 were accounted at the values at which they were appearing in the
books of CBoP as on March 31, 2008 and provisions arising out of harmonization of accounting policies and estimates, as
approved by the Board of Directors of HDFC Bank and as prescribed in the Scheme, were made for the difference between
the net value appearing in the books of CBoP and the value as determined by HDFC Bank. Also the Bank provided for
merger related expenses on a best estimate basis. Such adjustments, as per the Scheme, were made by the Bank against
the reserves arising on amalgamation.
After accounting the assets, liabilities and reserves of CBoP and after effecting the above adjustments, a surplus of
Rs. 1,049,03 lacs arose, which was credited to Amalgamation Reserve in accordance with the Scheme.
(Rs. lacs)
Particulars Amount Amount
Net Assets of eCBoP as on the reporting date of merger* 2,089,85

Less : 6,98,83,956 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each (69,88)
Statutory Reserves taken over on amalgamation (218,15) (288,03)
Excess of net assets over the paid-up value of shares issued and Statutory Reserve 1,801,82
Less : Harmonization of accounting policies and estimates (690,62)
Less : Expenses related to merger (62,17)
Amalgamation Reserve 1,049,03
*Net assets taken over on April 1, 2008 adjusted for options allotted by eCBoP between April 1, 2008 till May 22, 2008.
As per AS 14, Accounting for Amalgamation, if the amalgamation is an “amalgamation in the nature of merger”, the identity
of reserves of the amalgamating entity is required to be preserved in the books of HDFC Bank. However the balances in
Profit and Loss Account (Rs. 246,49 lacs), Securities Premium Account (Rs. 1,354,60 lacs), Capital Reserve (Rs. 65 lacs) and
Investment Reserve Account (Rs. 7,02 lacs) have been credited to Amalgamation Reserve in accordance with the scheme. As
a result the balances in these accounts are lower by the aforesaid amounts.
2 Capital Infusion
Pursuant to the amalgamation of eCBoP with HDFC Bank Ltd. and post approval of the shareholders of the Bank at its
extraordinary general meeting held on March 27, 2008, the Bank issued 2,62,00,220 warrants to its promoter HDFC Ltd. on
a preferential basis on June 3, 2008. These warrants are convertible into equity shares of the Bank at a price of Rs. 1,530.13
each (as determined under the SEBI (DIP) guidelines for preferential issues). In accordance with the terms of the warrants,
10% of the aforesaid price of the equity shares is payable on allotment of the warrants. Accordingly, the Bank received an
amount of Rs. 400,92 lacs on June 3, 2008 on allotment of the warrants and the same is shown as “Equity Share Warrants”
in the Balance Sheet. HDFC Ltd. can exercise the option any time upto December 2, 2009.

3 Capital Adequacy
The Bank’s capital adequacy ratio is calculated in accordance with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines. As per RBI’s
prudential norms on Capital Adequacy under the Basel I framework (Basel I), the Bank is required to maintain a Capital to
Risk - weighted Asset Ratio of a minimum 9%, for both credit risk and market risk. RBI has also issued its prudential
guidelines on ‘Capital Adequacy and Market Discipline - Implementation of the New Capital Adequacy Framework’ (Basel
II). The Bank has migrated to the new framework effective March 31, 2009. Under the Basel II guidelines, the Bank is
required to maintain a minimum Capital to Risk-weighted Asset Ratio of 9% on an ongoing basis for credit risk, market
risk and operational risk, with a minimum Tier I capital ratio of 6%. Further, the minimum capital maintained by the Bank
as on March 31, 2009 is subject to a prudential floor, which is the higher of the following amounts :
(a) Minimum capital required as per the new framework (Basel II)
(b) 100% of the minimum capital required to be maintained as per the Basel I framework.
The Bank’s capital adequacy ratio, calculated in accordance with the RBI guidelines under both Basel I and Basel II
frameworks, is as follows :
(Rs. Lacs)
Basel I Basel II
Particulars
March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008 March 31, 2009
Tier I capital 13,690,28 11,062,96 13,690,28

Tier II capital 6,604,92 3,548,37 6,604,92
Total capital 20,295,20 14,611,33 20,295,20
Risk weighted assets 134,530,75 107,447,99 129,382,68
Minimum capital required @ 9% CRAR 12,107,77 9,670,32 11,644,44
Capital Adequacy Ratios
Tier 1 10.18% 10.30% 10.58%
Tier 2 4.91% 3.30% 5.11%
Total 15.09% 13.60% 15.69%
Amount of subordinated debt (Tier II capital) raised
during the year 2,875,00 - 2,875,00
The Bank’s capital funds as on March 31, 2009 are higher than that required under the Basel I and Basel II framework.
The difference between Risk Weighted Assets under the Basel I and Basel II framework is a net impact of the following
key changes :
Under the Basel II framework, risk weights are applicable to claims on corporates with corresponding to their external
rating or the lack of it ranging from 20% to 150%, compared to a uniform 100% under Basel I.
Exposures qualifying for inclusion in the regulatory retail portfolio under Basel II attract a risk weight of 75%, against
100% under Basel I.
In the Basel II framework, non-market related off-balance sheet items in the nature of undrawn or partially undrawn
fund-based facility and irrevocable commitments to provide off - balance sheet facilities are included in risk weighted
assets after applying a credit conversion factor. These are not risk-weighted under Basel I.
The Basel II framework recognizes risk mitigation techniques in the form of eligible financial collaterals such as bonds,
gold, debt mutual funds, etc, whilst under Basel I only cash margins and deposits were considered as eligible financial
collateral.
Restructured assets attract a risk weight of 125% under the new framework compared to 100% under Basel I.
Operational Risk is subject to a capital charge under the Basel II framework.
4 Earnings Per Equity Share
Basic and Diluted earnings per equity share have been calculated based on the net profit after taxation of Rs. 2,244,94 lacs
(previous year : Rs. 1,590,19 lacs) and the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year amounting
to 42,47,54,825 (previous year : 34,40,20,927).

Following is the reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per equity share :
(Rupees)
For the year ended

Particulars
March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
Nominal value per share 10.00 10.00

Basic earnings per share 52.85 46.22
Effect of potential equity shares (per share) (0.26) (0.63)
Diluted earnings per share 52.59 45.59
Basic earnings per equity share have been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of equity
shares outstanding for the year. Diluted earnings per equity share have been computed using the weighted average number
of equity shares and dilutive potential equity shares outstanding during the year.
There is no impact of dilution on profits in the current year and previous year.
Following is the reconciliation of weighted average number of equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per share :
For the year ended

Particulars
March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing

basic earnings per equity share 42,47,54,825 34,40,20,927
Effect of potential equity shares outstanding 21,06,683 47,97,548
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing diluted
earnings per equity share 42,68,61,508 34,88,18,475
5 Reserves and Surplus
General Reserve
The Bank has made an appropriation of Rs. 224,49 lacs (previous year : Rs. 159,02 lacs) out of profits for the year ended
March 31, 2009 to general reserve pursuant to Companies (Transfer of Profits to Reserves) Rules, 1975.
Investment Reserve Account
During the year, the Bank has transferred Rs. 13,86 lacs (net) from Investment Reserve Account to the Profit and Loss
Account. In the previous year, the Bank transferred Rs. 38,50 lacs (net) from Profit and Loss Account to Investment Reserve
Account.
6 Accounting for Employee Share based Payments
The shareholders of the Bank approved Plan “A” in January 2000, Plan “B” in June 2003, Plan “C” in June 2005 and Plan “D” in
June 2007. Under the terms of each of these Plans, the Bank may issue stock options to employees and directors of the
Bank, each of which is convertible into one equity share.
Plan A provides for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board (the
“Compensation Committee”) at an average of the daily closing prices on the Bombay Stock Exchange Ltd. during the
60 days preceding the date of grant of options.
Plans B, C and D provide for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee at the
closing price on the working day immediately preceding the date when options are granted. For Plan B the price is that
quoted on an Indian stock exchange with the highest trading volume during the preceding two weeks, while for Plan
C and Plan D the price is that quoted on an Indian stock exchange with the highest trading volume as of working day
preceding the date of grant.
Such options vest at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. These options are exercisable for a period following
vesting at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to a maximum of five years, as set forth at the time of
grant. Modifications, if any, made to the terms and conditions of ESOPs as approved by the Compensation Committee are
disclosed separately.

The eCBoP had granted stock options to its employees prior to its amalgamation with the Bank. The options were granted
under the following Schemes framed in accordance with the SEBI (Employee Stock Option Scheme & Employee Stock
Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999 as amended from time to time :
1) Key ESOP-2004
2) General ESOP-2004
3) General ESOP-2007
The outstanding options granted under each of the above Schemes and the grant prices were converted into equivalent
HDFC Bank options and prices in the swap ratio of 1:29 i.e. 1 stock option of HDFC Bank for every 29 stock options
granted and outstanding of CBoP as on May 23, 2008, the effective date of the amalgamation, in accordance with Clause
9.9 of the Scheme of Amalgamation of CBoP with the Bank. The vesting dates for the said stock options granted in
various tranches were revised as per Clause 9.9 of the Scheme. All the aforesaid stock options are exercisable within a
period of 5 years from the date of vesting. Key Options were granted at an exercise price, which was less than the then
fair market price of the shares. General Options were granted at the fair market price. The fair market price was the latest
available closing price, prior to the date of the Board of Directors meeting in which options were granted or shares were
issued, on the stock exchange on which the shares of the Bank were listed. If the shares were listed on more than one
stock exchange, then the stock exchange where there was highest trading volume on the said date was considered.
Method used for accounting for shared based payment plan
The Bank has elected to use intrinsic value method to account for the compensation cost of stock options to employees
of the Bank. Intrinsic value is the amount by which the quoted market price of the underlying share exceeds the exercise
price of the option.
Activity in the options outstanding under the Employee Stock Options Plan as at March 31, 2009
Weighted average
Particulars Options
exercise price (Rs.)
Options outstanding, beginning of year 1,69,37,800 956.94
Additions on amalgamation 35,51,978 894.20
Granted during the year 12,53,000 1,126.45
Exercised during the year 10,67,233 595.29
Forfeited/lapsed during the year 10,81,518 965.32
Options outstanding, end of year 1,95,94,027 975.64
Options Exercisable 1,12,75,016 907.66
Weighted average
Particulars Options exercise price (Rs.)
Granted during the year 83,05,500 1098.70
Options Exercisable 3,288,900 740.34
Following summarises the information about stock options outstanding as at March 31, 2009
Plan Range of exercise price Number of Weighted average Weighted average
shares arising life of options exercise price
out of options (in years) (Rs.)
Plan A Rs. 366.30 99,700 2.61 366.30
Plan B Rs. 358.60 to Rs. 1,098.70 3,408,400 3.67 959.11
Plan C Rs. 630.60 to Rs. 1,098.70 5,971,600 3.42 870.93
Plan D Rs. 1,098.70 to Rs. 1,126.45 7,154,100 3.92 1,103.56
Key-ESOP - 2004 Rs. 116.00 122,070 3.98 116.00
General ESOP - 2004 Rs. 442.25 to Rs. 859.85 1,156,263 4.50 611.80
General ESOP - 2007 Rs. 1,162.90 to Rs. 1,258.60 1,681,894 4.91 1,185.46

Plan A Rs. 366.30 123,100 3.57 366.30
Plan B Rs. 358.60 to Rs. 1098.70 3,752,900 2.86 951.05
Plan C Rs. 630.60 to Rs. 1098.70 6,995,300 2.28 847.56
Plan D Rs. 1098.70 6,066,500 2.74 1,098.70
Fair Value methodology
The fair value of options used to compute proforma net income and earnings per equity share have been estimated on the
dates of each grant using the binomial option - pricing model. The Bank estimated the volatility based on the historical
share prices. The various assumptions considered in the pricing model for the ESOPs granted during the year ended March
31, 2009 are :
Particulars March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
Dividend yield 0.8% 0.6%

Expected volatility 39.71% 25.20%
Risk - free interest rate 9.2% - 9.3% 7.7% - 7.9%
Expected life of the option 1-4 years 1-4 years
Details of Modifications in terms and conditions of ESOPs

The Compensation Committee, at its meeting held on January 14, 2009, accorded its approval for extending the life of
some of the ESOPs under Plans B, C and D from two years from date of vesting to four years from date of vesting. ESOPs
thus modified have been fair valued as of January 14, 2009, being the modification date. The various assumptions considered
in the pricing model for the ESOPs modified during the year ended March 31, 2009 are :
Particulars March 31, 2009
Dividend yield 0.9%

Risk - free interest rate 4.5% - 5.2%
The incremental share based compensation determined under fair value based method amounts to Rs. 43,24 lacs.
Impact of fair value method on net profit and earnings per share
Had compensation cost for the Bank’s stock option plans outstanding been determined based on the fair value approach,
the Bank’s net profit and earnings per share would have been as per the proforma amounts indicated below :
(Rs. lacs)

Net Profit (as reported) 2,244,94 1,590,19
Add : Stock - based employee compensation expense included in net income - -
Less : Stock based compensation expense determined under fair value based
method (pro forma) 103,40 161,16
Net Profit (pro forma) 2,141,54 1,429,03
Rs. Rs.
Basic earnings per share (as reported) 52.85 46.22
Basic earnings per share (pro forma) 50.42 41.54
Diluted earnings per share (as reported) 52.59 45.59
Diluted earnings per share (pro forma) 50.17 40.97

7 Other Liabilities
Others (including provisions) under other liabilities include :
Upper and Lower Tier II capital and innovative perpetual debt instruments :
Subordinated debt (Lower Tier II capital), Upper Tier II capital and innovative perpetual debt instruments outstanding
as at March 31, 2009 are Rs. 3,459,70 lacs (previous year : Rs. 2,012,00 lacs), Rs. 2,818,10 lacs (previous year : Rs. 1,037,10
lacs) and Rs. 200,00 lacs (previous year : Rs. 200,00 lacs) respectively. Of this, subordinated debt (Lower Tier II capital)
and Upper Tier II capital issued by eCBOP amounting to Rs. 247,70 lacs (net of redemption of Rs. 46,00 lacs during
the year) are outstanding as on March 31, 2009.
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Bank raised subordinated debt qualifying for Tier II capital amounting to
Rs. 2,875,00 lacs. The details of these bonds are given below :
Particulars Date of Allotment Coupon Rate (%) Tenure Amount (Rs. Lacs)
Lower Tier II Bonds December 26, 2008 10.70% 10 Years 1,150,00
Upper Tier II Bonds December 26, 2008 10.85%1 15 Years2 578,00
Lower Tier II Bonds February 19, 2009 9.75% 10 Years 150,00
Upper Tier II Bonds February 19, 2009 9.95%3 15 Years4 200,00
Upper Tier II Bonds March 17, 2009 9.85%5 15 Years6 797,00
Total 2,875,00
Note:
(1) Coupon rate of 10.85% per annum payable for 10 years and stepped - up coupon rate of 11.35% per annum
for last 5 years if call option is not exercised at the end of 10 years from the date of allotment.
(2) Call Option exercisable on December 26, 2018 at par with the prior approval of RBI.
(3) Coupon rate of 9.95% per annum payable for 10 years and stepped - up coupon rate of 10.45% per annum for
last 5 years if call option is not exercised at the end of 10 years from the date of allotment.
(4) Call Option exercisable on February 19, 2019 at par with the prior approval of RBI.
(5) Coupon rate of 9.85% per annum payable for 10 years and stepped - up coupon rate of 10.35% per annum for
last 5 years if call option is not exercised at the end of 10 years from the date of allotment.
(6) Call Option exercisable on March 17, 2019 at par with the prior approval of RBI.
No fresh issue of subordinated debt (Lower Tier II capital), Upper Tier II capital or innovative perpetual debt
was made during the year ended March 31, 2008.
Based on the balance term to maturity as at March 31, 2009, 97% of the book value of subordinated debt
(Lower Tier II capital) and Upper Tier II capital is considered as Tier II capital for the purpose of capital adequacy
computation.
Other liabilities includes contingent provisions towards standard assets of Rs. 760,29 lacs (previous year : Rs. 533,58 lacs).
Consequent to the Reserve Bank of India circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.83/21.01.002/2008-09 dated November 15, 2008
provision for standard assets has been reduced to 0.40%, except for agricultural and small and medium enterprise
(SME) sectors, where the rate of provisioning will continue to be 0.25%. The revised norms are prospective. The
provisions held by the Bank over and above that required under the revised norms have not been reversed in
accordance with these norms.
8 Investments
Details of investments (Rs. lacs)
Value of Investments
Gross value of Investments
- In India 58,872,74 49,400,77
- Outside India 22 22
Provisions for Depreciation on Investments
- In India 55,41 7,45
- Outside India - -
Net Value of Investments
- In India 58,817,33 49,393,32
- Outside India 22 22

Movement of provisions held towards depreciation on investments. (Rs. lacs)
Opening balance 7,45 94,25

Add : Provision made during the year/on Amalgamation* 51,41 7,12
Less : Write-off, write back of excess provision during the year 3,45 93,92
Closing balance 55,41 7,45
* The movement in provision for depreciation on investments is reckoned on a yearly basis.
Repo Transactions
9 Details of repo/reverse repo deals done during the year ended March 31, 2009
(Rs. lacs)
Particulars Minimum Maximum Daily average As at
outstanding outstanding outstanding March 31, 2009
during the during the during the
year year year
Securities sold under repos - 4,851,18 829,75 -
Securities purchased under reverse repos - 10,658,01 1,173,63 2,518,89
The above includes deals done under Liquidity Adjustment Facility with the Reserve Bank of India.
9 Details of Repo/Reverse Repo deals done during the year ended March 31, 2008
(Rs. lacs)
Particulars Minimum Maximum Daily average As at
outstanding outstanding outstanding March 31, 2008
during the during the during the
year year year
Securities sold under repos - 6,161,90 432,49 4,851,18
Securities purchased under reverse repos - 21,000,00 393,43 237,08
The above includes deals done under Liquidity Adjustment Facility with the Reserve Bank of India.
Non-SLR Investment Portfolio
9 Issuer-wise composition of Non-SLR Investments as at March 31, 2009
(Rs. lacs)
No. Issuer Amount Extent of Extent of Extent of Extent of
private “below “unrated “unlisted
placement investment securities”* securities”
grade”
securities
1 Public sector undertakings 3,351,30 3,235,94 - 3,032,60 3,042,60
2 Financial institutions 56,73 20,94 - - 10,00
3 Banks 1,502,36 1,500,36 - 2,50 2,00
4 Private corporate 324,91 216,77 - 3,51 3,51
5 Subsidiaries/Joint ventures 155,10 155,10 - 17,65 155,10
6 Others 1,274,48 1,100,74 - 13,30 1,260,19
7 Provision held towards
depreciation (5,16)
Total 6,659,72 6,229,85 - 3,069,56 4,473,40
* Excludes investments in equity shares and units

9 Issuer composition of Non-SLR Investments as at March 31, 2008
(Rs. lacs)
No. Issuer Amount Extent of Extent of Extent of Extent of
private “below “unrated “unlisted
placement investment securities”* securities”
grade”
securities
1 Public sector undertakings 3,310,66 2,286,87 - 484,58 1,174,17
2 Financial institutions 95,75 40,94 - - 30,00
3 Banks 1,600,59 1,598,73 - - -
4 Private corporate 457,32 253,19 - 5,51 5,51
5 Subsidiaries/Joint ventures 123,78 123,78 - - 123,78
6 Others 12,142,91 11,442,79 - - 2,909,03
7 Provision held towards
depreciation (3,63)
Total 17,727,38 15,746,30 - 490,09 4,242,49
* Excludes investments in equity shares and units.
9 Non performing Non-SLR investments
(Rs. lacs)
Opening balance 66 9,69

Additions during the year/on Amalgamation 1,57 51
Reductions during the year - 9,54
Closing balance 2,23 66
Total provisions held 2,23 66
Details of investments category-wise

The book value of investments held under the three categories viz. ‘Held for Trading’, ‘Available for Sale’ and ‘Held
to Maturity’ is as under :
(Rs. lacs)
As at March 31, 2009 As at March 31, 2008
Particulars Held for Available Held to Total Held for Available Held to Total
Trading for Sale Maturity Trading for Sale Maturity
Government securities 5,94,453 6,629,87 39,582,18 52,156,58 1,253,57 4,763,98 25,648,03 31,665,58
Other approved securities - 1,25 - 1,25 - 58 - 58
Shares 4,47 32,48 3,00 39,95 8,82 20,86 5,00 34,68
Debentures and Bonds 60,62 1,702,83 179,39 1,942,84 480,70 5,537,72 233,30 6,251,72
Subsidiary/joint ventures - - 155,10 155,10 - - 123,78 123,78
Others - 4,521,82 - 4,521,82 9,232,88 2,084,32 - 11,317,20
Total 6,009,62 12,888,25 39,919,68 58,817,54 10,975,97 12,407,46 26,010,11 49,393,54
Investments include securities aggregating Rs. 1,111,70 lacs (previous year : Rs. 203,86 lacs) which are kept as margin
for clearing of securities and Rs. 5,548,54 lacs (previous year : Rs. 6,080,39 lacs) which are kept as margin for Collateral
Borrowing and Lending Obligation (CBLO) with the Clearing Corporation of India Ltd.

Investments include securities aggregating Rs. 570 lacs (previous year : Nil) which are kept as margin with National
Securities Clearing Corporation of India Ltd. (NSCCIL) and Rs. 4,75 lacs (previous year : Nil) which are kept as margin
with Multi Commodity Exchange of India Ltd. (MCX).
Investments amounting to Rs. 16,035,13 lacs (previous year : Rs. 16,139,31 lacs) are kept as margin with the Reserve
Bank of India towards Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS).
Other investments include certificate of deposits : Rs. 1,383,25 lacs (previous year : Rs. 1,563,81 lacs), commercial
paper : Rs. 94,60 lacs (previous year : Rs. 34,92 lacs), investments in debt mutual fund units : Nil (previous year :
Rs. 9,232,89 lacs), investments in equity mutual fund units : Rs. 68 lacs (previous year : Rs. 100 lacs), security receipts
issued by Reconstruction Companies : Rs. 10,69 lacs (previous year : Nil), deposits with NABARD under the RIDF Deposit
Scheme : Rs. 2,527,11 lacs (previous year : Rs. 484,58 lacs), deposits with SIDBI and NHB under the Priority/Weaker
Sector Lending Schemes : Rs. 505,49 lacs (previous year : Nil).
The Bank has made investments in certain companies wherein it holds more than 25% of the equity shares of those
companies. Such investments do not fall within the definition of a joint venture as per AS - 27, Financial Reporting
of Interest in Joint Ventures, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, and the said accounting
standard is thus not applicable. However, pursuant to Reserve Bank of India circular no. DBOD.NO.BP.BC.3/21.04.141/
2002, dated July 11, 2002, the Bank has classified these investments as joint ventures.
9 Derivatives
Forward Rate Agreements/Interest Rate Swaps (Rupee) (Rs. lacs)
Sr. No. Particulars March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
i) The notional principal of swap agreements 128,231,98 350,090,00

ii) Losses which would be incurred if counter parties failed to fulfill
their obligations under the agreements 2,299,23 1,887,16
iii) Concentration of credit risk arising from swaps (with banks) 94.94% 90.00%
iv) Collateral required by the Bank upon entering into Swaps - -
v) The fair value of the swap book* (68,89) (45,63)
* Fair value of the swap book includes accruals.
Exchange Traded Interest Rate Derivatives (Rs. lacs)
i) The notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate

derivatives undertaken during the year, instrument-wise Nil Nil
ii) The notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate
derivatives outstanding as of March 31, instrument-wise Nil Nil
iii) The notional principal amount of exchange traded interest rate
derivatives outstanding and not ‘highly effective’, as of March 31,
instrument - wise Nil Nil
iv) Mark-to-market value of exchange traded interest rate derivatives
outstanding and not ‘highly effective’, as of March 31, instrument-wise Nil Nil
Qualitative Disclosures on Risk Exposure in Derivatives

Overview of business and processes
Financial derivatives are financial instruments whose characteristics are derived from the underlying assets, or from
interest and exchange rates or indices. These include forwards, swaps, futures and options. The notional amounts of
financial instruments such as foreign exchange contracts and derivatives provide a basis for comparison with
instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved

or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore, do not indicate the Bank’s exposure to credit or price
risks. The following sections outline the nature and terms of the most common types of derivatives used by the
bank.
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements give the buyer the ability to determine the underlying rate of interest for a specified period
commencing on a specified future date (the settlement date). There is no exchange of principal and settlement is
effected on the settlement date. The settlement amount is the difference between the contracted rate and the market
rate prevailing on the settlement date.
Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of interest obligations with a counterparty for a specified period without
exchanging the underlying (or notional) principal.
Interest rate caps and floors give the buyer the ability to fix the maximum or minimum rate of interest. The writer
pays the amount by which the market rate exceeds or is less than the cap rate or the floor rate respectively. A
combination of interest rate caps and floors is known as an interest rate collar.
Exchange rate contracts
Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell fixed amounts of currency at agreed rates of
exchange on future date. All such instruments are carried at fair value, determined based on either FEDAI rates or on
market quotations.
Cross currency swaps are agreements to exchange principal amounts denominated in different currencies. Cross currency
swaps may also involve the exchange of interest payments on one specified currency for interest payments in another
specified currency for a specified period.
Currency options give the buyer, on payment of a premium, the right but not an obligation, to buy or sell specified
amounts of currency at agreed rates of exchange on or before a specified future date. Option premia paid or received
is recorded in Profit and Loss Account for rupee options at the expiry of the option and for foreign currency options
on premium settlement date.
Most of the bank’s derivative business relate to sales and trading activities. Sale activities include the structuring and
marketing of derivatives to customers to enable them to hedge their market risks (both interest rate and exchange
risks), within the framework of regulations as may apply from time to time. The Bank deals in derivatives on its own
account (trading activity) principally for the purpose of generating a profit from short term fluctuations in price or
yields. The Bank also deals in derivatives to hedge the risk embedded in some of its balance sheet assets and liabilities.
Constituents involved in derivative business
The Treasury front office enters into derivatives transactions with customers and inter-bank counterparties. The Bank
has an independent back - office and mid - office as per regulatory guidelines. The Bank has a credit and market
risk department that processes various counterparty and market risks limit assessments, within the risk architecture
and processes of the Bank.
Derivative policy
The Bank has in place a policy which covers various aspects that apply to the functioning of the derivatives business.
The derivatives business is administered by various market risk limits such as position limits, tenor limits, sensitivity
limits and value-at-risk limits that are approved by the Board and the Risk Management Committee (RMC). All
methodologies used to assess credit and market risk for derivative transactions are specified by the market risk unit.
Limits are monitored on a daily basis by the mid - office.
The Bank has implemented a Board approved policy on Customer Suitability & Appropriateness to ensure that
derivative transactions entered into are appropriate and suitable to the customer’s nature of business/operations.
Before entering into a derivative deal with a customer, the Bank scores the customer on various risk parameters and
based on the overall score level it determines the kind of product that best suits its risk appetite and the customer’s
requirements.
Classification of derivatives book
The derivative book is classified into trading and banking book. When the Bank deals in derivatives on its own
account (trading activity) principally for the purpose of generating a profit from short term fluctuations in price or
yields, the same is classified as trading book. The trading book is managed within the trading limits approved by
the Risk Monitoring Committee of the Board. All other derivative transactions are classified as a part of the banking
book.

Hedging policy
For derivative contracts designated as hedge, the Bank documents at the inception of the relationship between
the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the risk management objective for undertaking the hedge and the
methods used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. The assessment is done on an on-going basis to test if
the derivative is still effective in offsetting the changes on the fair value of the hedged item.
The banking book includes transactions concluded for the purpose of providing customer structures which are
covered with inter-bank counter parties on a back-to-back basis. These transactions are classified under banking –
non hedge book. The banking book also consists of transactions to hedge balance sheet assets or liabilities. The
hedge may be against a single asset or liability or against a portfolio of asset or liability in specific tenor buckets.
The tenor of derivative hedges may be less than or equal to tenor of underlying asset or liability. These derivative
transactions are classified as banking – hedge book. If the underlying asset or liability is not marked to market,
then the hedge is also not marked to market.
Provisioning, Collateral and Credit Risk Mitigation
The Bank enters into derivative deals with counter parties based on their business ranking and financial position.
The Bank sets up appropriate limits upon evaluating the ability of the counterparty to honour its obligations in
the event of crystallization of the exposure. Appropriate credit covenants are stipulated where required as trigger
events to call for collaterals or terminate a transaction and contain the risk.
The Bank, at the minimum, conforms to the RBI guidelines with regard to provisioning requirements. Overdue
receivables representing positive mark-to-market value of a derivative contract are transferred to the account of
the borrower and treated as non-performing asset, if these remain unpaid for 90 days or more and necessary
provisions are made.
Quantitative disclosure on risk exposure in derivatives (Rs. lacs)
Sr. No Particular Currency Interest rate

derivatives derivatives
1 Derivatives (notional principal amount)

a) Banking (including hedging) 4,756,62 16,585,44
b) Trading 10,898,07 121,132,10
2 Marked to market positions (net) *
a) Asset (+) 944,82 -
b) Liability (-) - (226,11)
3 Credit exposure 3,179,00 3,563,86
4 Likely change of one percentage change in interest rate (100*PV01)
a) Banking (including hedging) 5,33 90,83
b) Trading - 52,50
5 Maximum of 100 * PV01 observed during the year
a) Banking (including hedging) 5,33 122,30
b) Trading - 99,35
6 Minimum of 100 * PV01 observed during the year
a) Banking (including hedging) 22 90,83
b) Trading - 23,38
* Mark to market positions includes accruals.

9 The notional principal amounts of derivatives reflect the volume of transactions outstanding at balance
sheet date, and, do not represent the amounts at risk.
9 For the purpose of this disclosure, currency derivatives include options purchased (including rupee options),
cross currency interest rate swaps and currency futures.
9 Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements.
9 The Bank has computed maximum and minimum of PV01 for the year based on balances at the end of
every month.
9 Option volumes excludes notional amount of Rs. 13,417,93 lacs in respect of options sold.
9 In respect of derivative contracts, the Bank evaluates the credit exposure arising therefrom, in line
with the RBI Circular DBOD.NO.BP.BC.57/ 21.04.157/ 2008-09 dated October 13, 2008. Credit exposure has
been computed using the current exposure method which is the sum of (a) the current replacement
cost (marked to market value including accruals) of the contract or zero whichever is higher, and (b)
the potential future exposure (PFE). PFE is a product of the notional principal amount of the contract
and a factor. The factor used is based on the RBI-Basel II grid of credit conversion factors, and is
selected on the basis of the residual maturity and the type of contract.
10 Asset Quality
Movements in NPAs (funded) (Rs. lacs)
(i) Net NPAs to Net Advances (%) 0.63% 0.47%
(ii) Movement of NPAs (Gross)
(a) Opening balance 906,97 657,76
(b) Additions during the year/on Amalgamation 3,413,30 1,202,76
(c) Reductions during the year 2,332,20 953,55
(d) Closing balance 1,988,07 906,97
(iii) Movement of Net NPAs
(b) Additions during the year/on Amalgamation 400,42 98,10
(c) Reductions during the year 71,32 2,47
(d) Closing balance 627,62 298,52
(iv) Movement of provisions for NPAs

(excluding provisions on standard assets)
(b) Additions during the year/on Amalgamation 3,012,87 1,104,66
(c) Write-off/write-back of excess provisions 2,260,87 951,08
(d) Closing balance 1,360,45 608,45
NPAs include all assets that are classified as non - performing by the Bank. Movements in retail NPAs have been computed
at a portfolio level.

Of the above, the movement in NPAs relating to the loan book of eCBoP during the year ended March 31, 2009 is as
follows :
(Rs. lacs)

(i) Movement of NPAs (Gross)
(a) Opening balance -
(b) Additions during the year 1,549,67
(c) Reductions during the year 705,27
(d) Closing balance 844,40
(ii) Movement of Net NPAs
(b) Additions during the year 243,63
(c) Reductions during the year -
(iii) Movement of provisions for NPAs (excluding provisions on standard assets)
(b) Additions during the year 1,306,04
(c) Write-off/write-back of excess provisions 705,27
The above information has been compiled by the management of the Bank.
Floating provisions of Rs. 15,03 lacs has been netted from gross NPAs in the current year to arrive at net NPAs.
This was hitherto shown under “Other Liabilities and Provisions”. Movement in floating provision is given here
below :
(Rs. lacs)

Provisions made during the year/on Amalgamation* 32,84 -
Draw down made during the year/on Amalgamation* 27,84 -
Closing Balance 15,03 10,03
* Floating provisions of Rs. 27,84 lacs of eCBoP has been utilised on amalgamation in the harmonization of accounting
policies and estimates in line with the Scheme of Amalgamation.
Details of loan assets subjected to restructuring as on March 31, 2009
(Rs. lacs except numbers)
Particulars of Accounts Restructured Outstanding as at March 31, 2009

CDR SME Debt Others
Mechanism Restructuring
Standard No. of Borrowers 2 9 3
advances Amount Outstanding 16,50 20,27 15,07
restructured Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 72 - 35
Sub No. of Borrowers 2 - 1
standard Amount Outstanding 67,73 - 84
advances restructured Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 8,42 - 11
Doubtful No. of Borrowers - - -
advances Amount Outstanding - - -
restructured Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) - - -
No. of Borrowers 4 9 4
Total Amount Outstanding 84,23 20,27 15,91
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 9,14 - 46

Details of loan assets subjected to restructuring as on March 31, 2008
Outstanding as at March 31, 2008
Particulars of Accounts Restructured CDR SME Debt Others
Mechanism Restructuring
Standard No. of Borrowers 1 - -
advances Amount Outstanding 2,74 - -
restructured Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 5 - -
Sub No. of Borrowers - - -
standard Amount Outstanding - - -
advances restructured Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) - - -
Doubtful No. of Borrowers - - -
advances Amount Outstanding - - -
restructured Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) - - -
No. of Borrowers 1 - -
Total Amount Outstanding 2,74 - -
Sacrifice (diminution in the fair value) 5 - -
Disclosure on restructured advances as required by RBI circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.No.124/21.04.132/2008-09 dated
April 17, 2009 :
Amount
S.No Disclosures Number
(Rs. lacs)
1. Application received up to March 31, 2009 for restructuring, in respect of accounts

which were standard as on September 1, 2008. 18 337,66
2. Of (1), proposals approved and implemented as on March 31, 2009 and thus became
eligible for special regulatory treatment and classified as standard assets as on the
date of the balance sheet. 11 33,00
3. Of (1), proposals approved and implemented as on March 31, 2009 but
could not be upgraded to the standard category. - -
4. Of (1), proposals under process/implementation which were standard as on March 31, 2009 2 51,05
5. Of (1), proposals under process/implementation which turned NPA as on
March 31, 2009 but are expected to be classified as standard assets on
full implementation of the package.* 1 67,16
* excludes four accounts with an outstanding balance of Rs. 186,45 lacs as at March 31, 2009 which are classified as
non-performing as at March 31, 2009, where restructuring proposals are under process and the outcome of
implementation of the restructuring package is not ascertainable as at the balance sheet date.
Details of financial assets sold to securitization/reconstruction companies for asset reconstruction.
During the years ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008, there were no financial assets that were sold by the
Bank to securitization/reconstruction companies for asset reconstruction.
Details of non-performing financial assets sold, excluding those sold to SC/RC
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Bank has sold certain non-performing assets in accordance with the
guidelines issued by RBI on such sale.
No of Accounts sold 5,119 -
Aggregate outstanding 84,07 -
Aggregate consideration 50,22 -
During the years ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008, there were no non-performing financial assets that
were purchased by the Bank.

11 Details of exposures in sensitive sectors, risk category - wise country exposures and single/group borrower exposures :
Details of exposure to real estate sector (Rs. lacs)
Category March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
a) Direct exposure : 16,550,51 9,796,90
(i) Residential mortgages * 8,576,99 2,739,34
(of which housing loans eligible for inclusion in
priority sector advances) (4,729,34) -
(ii) Commercial real estate 7,099,65 5,902,01
(iii) Investments in mortgage backed securities (MBS) and
other securitised exposures:
a. Residential 873,87 1,155,55
b. Commercial real estate - -
b) Indirect exposure : 1,923,29 360,14
Fund based and non-fund based exposures on
National Housing Bank (NHB) and Housing Finance Companies (HFCs) 1,923,29 360,14
Total real estate exposure 18,473,80 10,157,04
* includes loans purchased under the direct loan assignment route.
Of the above, exposure to real estate developers is 0.8% (previous year : 0.4%) of total advances.
Details of capital market exposure (Rs. lacs)

(i) Investments made in equity shares, convertible bonds, convertible
debentures and units of equity - oriented mutual funds the corpus of
which is not exclusively invested in corporate debt 49,33 20,42
(ii) Advances against shares, bonds, debentures or other securities or on
clean basis to individuals for investment in equity shares (including
IPO’s/ESOP's), convertible bonds or convertible debentures, units of
equity oriented mutual funds 84,79 179,66
(iii) Advances for any other purposes where shares or convertible bonds or
convertible debentures or units of equity oriented mutual funds are
taken as primary security 658,92 1,082,12
(iv) Advances for any other purposes to the extent secured by collateral
security of shares or convertible bonds or convertible debentures or
units of equity oriented mutual funds i.e. where the primary security
other than shares/convertible bonds/convertible debentures/units of
equity oriented mutual funds does not fully cover the advances 39,18 136,01
(v) Secured and unsecured advances to stockbrokers and guarantees
issued on behalf of stockbrokers and market makers 3,448,90 3,065,71
(vi) Loans sanctioned to corporates against the security of shares/bonds/
debentures or other securities or on clean basis for meeting promoter’s
contribution to the equity of new companies in anticipation of raising
resources - -
(vii) Bridge loans to companies against expected equity flows/issues - -
(viii) Underwriting commitments taken up in respect of primary issue of
shares or convertible bonds or convertible debentures or units of
equity oriented mutual funds - -
(ix) Financing to stockbrokers for margin trading - -
(x) All exposures to venture capital funds (both registered and
unregistered) deemed to be on par with equity and hence reckoned
for capital market exposure. 39,09 -
Total Exposure to Capital Market 4,320,21 4,483,92
Exposure is higher of limits sanctioned or the amount outstanding.

Details of Risk Category wise Country Exposure as at March 31, 2009 : (Rs. lacs)
Risk Category Exposure (Net) Provision held
Insignificant 2,779,26 -
Low 1,480,29 -
Moderately low 160,28 -
Moderate 2,78 -
Moderately high - -
High - -
Very High - -
Total 4,422,61 -
Details of Risk Category wise Country Exposure as at March 31, 2008 : (Rs. lacs)
Risk Category Exposure (Net) Provision held
Insignificant 2,010,67 -
Low 626,81 -
Moderate 72,56 -
High - -
Very high 16 -
Restricted - -
Off - credit - -
Total 2,710,20 -
Details of Single Borrower Limit (SGL), Group Borrower Limit (GBL) exceeded by the bank
During the year, the Bank’s credit exposures to single borrowers and group borrowers were within the limits
prescribed by Reserve Bank of India except in the case of Indian Oil Corporation, where the single borrower limits
were exceeded. The Board of Directors of the Bank approved the said excess in respect of these exposures, which
were within the ceiling of 20% of capital funds. With effect from May 29, 2008 the said borrower was within the
revised prudential limit of 25% of capital funds as stipulated vide RBI circular DBOD No. BC. 19/13.03.00/2008-09
dated July 1, 2008.
12 Other Fixed Assets (including furniture and fixtures)
It includes amount capitalized on software having useful life of five years. Details regarding the same are tabulated
below :
(Rs. lacs)
Cost as of March 31 at the previous year 354,97 276,86

Additions during the year/on Amalgamation 182,21 78,11
Accumulated depreciation as at March 31 (293,25) (219,89)
Net value as at March 31 of the current year 243,93 135,08

13 Other Assets
Other Assets include deferred tax asset (net) of Rs. 862,82 lacs (previous year : Rs. 383,21 lacs). The break up of the
same is as follows :
(Rs. lacs)
Deferred tax asset arising out of :
Loan loss provisions 614,05 298,23
Employee Benefits 53,44 38,40
Others 283,22 120,99
Total 950,71 457,62
Deferred tax liability arising out of :
Depreciation (87,89) (74,41)
Total (87,89) (74,41)
Deferred tax asset (net) 862,82 383,21
Key items under “Others” in Other Assets are as under :
(Rs. lacs)
Unrealised gain on Foreign Exchange and Derivative Contracts 1173,19 316,73
Deferred Tax Assets 862,82 383,21
Deposits & amounts paid in advance 829,54 549,74
Account receivables 487,55 349,02
Bullion outstanding 168,05 107,00
Margin and price adjustment for Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) with RBI - 451,18
Forex Swap adjustment* - 309,30
Residuary Items 91,40 113,05
Total 3,612,55 2,579,23
*The offset lies in the nostro mirror account
14 Maturity Pattern of Key Assets and Liabilities

Assets and liabilities are classified in the maturity buckets as per the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.
(Rs. lacs)
As at March 31, 2009 1 - 14 15 - 28 29 Over 3 Over 6 Over 1 Over 3 Over 5 Total
Days Days days months months year years years
to 3 to 6 to 12 to 3 to 5
months months months years years
Loans and advances 6,342,90 2,445,84 11,200,87 10,575,67 13,976,89 40,557,36 6,091,37 7,692,15 98,883,05
Investments 17,063,44 1,125,44 2,540,01 2,355,52 4,147,37 21,618,57 4,519,68 5,447,51 58,817,54
Deposits 10,309,08 2,288,54 6,970,16 7,471,67 11,282,43 81,553,94 14,869,06 8,066,70 142,811,58
Borrowings 817,91 94,85 836,04 859,55 - 14,73 - 62,76 2,685,84
Foreign Currency Assets 2,226,07 240,34 886,23 709,55 390,25 575,84 118,68 8,49 5,155,45
Foreign Currency Liabilities 547,25 131,65 846,14 863,29 507,67 1,444,58 57,99 507,20 4,905,77

(Rs. lacs)
As at March 31, 2008 1 - 14 15 - 28 29 Over 3 Over 6 Over 1 Over 3 Over 5 Total
Days Days days months months year years years
to 3 to 6 to 12 to 3 to 5
months months months years years
Loans and advances 6,028,49 (555,55) 3,672,08 5,094,76 11,447,86 31,469,80 3,941,13 2,328,32 63,426,89
Investments 15,607,88 1,213,83 3,047,48 3,381,96 4,292,61 16,497,83 2,077,69 3,274,26 49,393,54
Deposits 9,158,58 3,333,89 6,672,95 8,482,20 7,796,26 56,624,85 5,768,24 2,931,62 100,768,59
Borrowings 1,826,03 105,69 1,626,74 795,43 221,05 19,98 - - 4,594,92
Foreign Currency Assets 2,729,71 199,62 439,21 371,45 135,53 51,96 147,73 1,24 4,076,45
Foreign Currency Liabilities 1,351,78 144,48 1,759,18 985,63 630,54 476,01 36,70 401,20 5,785,52
The negative figure in the 15-28 day bucket under loans and advances is due to the expected maturity of inter-bank
participation certificates, which are netted off from advances.
15 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

Given below are movements in provision for credit card reward points and a brief description of the nature of contingent
liabilities recognised by the Bank.
a) Movement in provision for credit card reward points (Rs. lacs)
Opening provision for reward points 34,98 16,13

Provision for reward points made during the year 17,31 14,96
Utilisation/Write back of provision for reward points (8,49) (3,36)
Effect of change in rate for accrual of reward points 1,44 3,05
Effect of change in cost of reward points (11,67) 4,20
Closing provision for reward points 33,57 34,98
b) Description of contingent liabilities

Sr. No. Contingent liability* Brief description
1. Claims against the Bank not acknowledged The Bank is a party to various taxation matters in respect of which
as debts - taxation appeals are pending. The Bank expects the outcome of the appeals
to be favorable based on decisions on similar issues in the
previous years by the appellate authorities.
2. Claims against the Bank not acknowledged The Bank is a party to various legal proceedings in the normal
as debts - others course of business. The Bank does not expect the outcome of
these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s
financial conditions, results of operations or cash flows.
3. Liability on account of forward exchange The Bank enters into foreign exchange contracts, currency
and derivative contracts. options, forward rate agreements, currency swaps
and interest rate swaps with inter-bank participants
on its own account and for customers. Forward exchange contracts
are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency at a future date
at the contracted rate. Currency swaps are commitments to
exchange cash flows by way of interest/principal in one currency

against another, based on predetermined rates. Interest rate swaps

are commitments to exchange fixed and floating interest rate cash
flows. The notional amounts of financial instruments such as
foreign exchange contracts and derivatives provide a basis for
comparison with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but
do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows
involved or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore,
do not indicate the Bank’s exposure to credit or price risks. The
derivative instruments become favorable (assets) or unfavorable
(liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in market rates or prices
relative to their terms.
4. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents, As a part of its commercial banking activities the Bank issues
acceptances, endorsements and other documentary credit and guarantees on behalf of its customers.
obligations Documentary credits such as letters of credit enhance the credit
standing of the customers of the Bank. Guarantees generally
represent irrevocable assurances that the Bank will make payments
in the event of the customer failing to fulfill its financial or
performance obligations.
5. Other items for which the Bank is These include:

contingently liable a) Credit enhancements in respect of securitized-out loans.
b) Bills rediscounted by the Bank.
c) Capital commitments.
d) Repo borrowings.
*Also refer Schedule 12 – Contingent liabilities
16 Business Ratios/Information
For the year ended
1
Interest income as a percentage of working funds 9.28% 8.42%
Net interest income as a percentage of working funds 4.22% 4.35%
Non - interest income as a percentage of working funds 1.87% 1.90%
Operating profit2 as a percentage of working funds 2.94% 3.13%
Return on assets (average) 1.28% 1.32%
Business3 per employee (Rs. lacs) 446 506
Profit per employee4 (Rs. lacs) 4.18 4.97
Percentage of net non performing assets5 to customer assets6 0.62% 0.42%
Percentage of net non performing assets to net advances7 0.63% 0.47%
Gross non performing assets to gross advances 1.98% 1.34%
Definitions :
1. Working funds is the daily average of total assets during the year.
2. Operating profit is net profit for the year before provisions and contingencies.
3. “Business” is the total of net advances and deposits (net of inter-bank deposits).
4. Productivity ratios are based on average employee numbers.
5. Net NPAs are non - performing assets net of interest in suspense, specific provisions, floating provisions (as on March
31, 2009) and ECGC claims received.
6. Customer assets include gross advances (but net of specific and floating provisions (as on March 31, 2009)), credit
substitutes like debentures, commercial paper and loans and investments in securitised assets bought in.
7. Net advances are equivalent to gross advances net of bills rediscounted, specific loan loss provisions, floating
provisions (as on March 31, 2009), interest in suspense and ECGC claims received.

17 Interest Income
Interest income under the sub-head Income from Investments includes dividend received during the year ended
March 31, 2009 on units, equity and preference shares amounting to Rs. 230,21 lacs (previous year : Rs. 267,60 lacs).
18 Earnings from Standard Assets Securitised-out Assets/sold
Book value of loans securitised-out 2,215,40 290,06

Total no. of contracts securitised (nos.) 47,400 5,244
Sales consideration received 2,209,28 291,39
Profit/(Loss) on sell off** (612) 1,25
** Pursuant to RBI guidelines dated February 1, 2006 under reference no. DBOD.No.BP.BC. 60/21.04.048/2005-06, the Bank
amortises any profit/premium arising on account of sale of receivables over the life of the securities sold out while any
loss arising on account of sale of receivables is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account for the period in which the sale
occurs.
Form and quantum of services and liquidity provided by way of credit enhancement
The Bank has provided credit and liquidity enhancements in the form of cash collaterals/guarantees/subordination of cash
flows etc., to the senior pass through certificates (PTCs). The total value of credit and liquidity enhancement outstanding
in the books as at March 31, 2009 was Rs. 682,69 lacs (previous year Rs. 465,81 lacs).
19 Commission, Exchange and Brokerage Income
Commission, exchange and brokerage income is net of correspondent bank charges and brokerage paid on purchase and
sale of investments.
20 Miscellaneous Income
Miscellaneous income includes profit/(loss) of Rs. (158,16) lacs (previous year : Rs. 36,71 lacs) pertaining to derivative
transactions.
21 Other Expenditure
Other expenditure includes expenses on collections and recoveries amounting to Rs. 292,42 lacs (previous year : Rs. 158,73
lacs) and outsourcing fees amounting to Rs. 382,51 lacs (previous year : Rs. 316,02 lacs) exceeding 1% of the total income
of the Bank.
22 The break-up of ‘Provisions and contingencies’ included in the Profit and Loss Account is given below :
(Rs. lacs)
Provision for Income Tax 1,054,31 690,45

Provision for Wealth tax 61 45
Provision for NPAs 1,605,80 1,026,37
Provision for Standard Assets 120,48 189,66
Other Provisions and Contingencies* 152,82 268,30
Total 2,934,02 2,175,23
* Includes Contingent provisions for tax, legal and other contingencies Rs. 154,68 lacs (previous year : Rs. 264,39 lacs),
Floating Provisions Rs. 5,00 lacs (previous year : Nil), (write-back)/ provisions for securitised-out assets Rs. (7,93) lacs
(previous year : Rs. 3,91 lacs) and provision for restructured assets Rs. 1,07 lacs (previous year : Nil).

23 Employee Benefits
Gratuity
(Rs. lacs)
Reconciliation of opening and closing balance of the present value
of the defined benefit obligation
Present value of obligation as at April 1 38,09 27,77
Addition due to amalgamation 21,47 -
Interest cost 4,42 2,20
Current service cost 16,43 4,66
Benefits paid (4,07) (1,83)
Actuarial (gain)/loss on obligation :
Experience adjustment 4,76 6,44
Assumption change (8,53) (1,15)
Present value of obligation as at March 31 72,57 38,09
Reconciliation of opening and closing balance of the fair value of the plan assets
Fair value of plan assets as at April 1 22,37 15,71
Expected return on plan assets 3,16 1,56
Contributions 16,09 8,00
Actuarial gain/(loss) on plan assets :
Experience adjustment (3,68) (1,03)
Assumption change 12 (4)
Fair value of plan assets as at March 31 45,38 22,37
Amount recognised in Balance sheet
Present value of obligation as at March 31 (72,57) (38,09)
Asset/(Liability) as at March 31 (27,19) (15,72)
Expenses recognised in Profit and Loss Account
Interest Cost 4,42 2,20
Current Service cost 16,43 4,66
Expected return on plan assets (3,16) (1,56)
Net Actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in the year (22) 6,36
Net Cost 17,47 11,66
Actual return on plan assets (39) 4,89
Estimated contribution for the next year 15,54 9,20
Assumptions
Discount rate 8.0% per annum 8.2% per annum
Expected return on plan assets 8.0% per annum 8.2% per annum
Salary escalation rate 7.5% per annum 10.0% per annum

Pension
Pension liability relates to employees of erstwhile Lord Krishna Bank which was merged with Centurion Bank of Punjab
Ltd. hence there are no corresponding figures for the previous year.
(Rs. lacs)

Reconciliation of opening and closing balance of the present value of the
defined benefit obligation
Present value of obligation as at April 1 -
Addition due to amalgamation 39,29
Interest cost 2,96
Current service cost 1,44
Benefits paid (4,63)
Experience adjustment (8,06)
Assumption change 3,60
Present value of obligation as at March 31 34,60
Fair value of plan assets as at April 1 -
Expected return on plan assets 2,03
Contributions 28,86
Assumption change (63)
Fair value of plan assets as at March 31 36,90
Amount recognised in Balance sheet
Present value of obligation as at March 31 (34,60)
Asset/(Liability) as at March 31 2,30
Interest Cost 2,96
Current Service cost 1,44
Expected return on plan assets (2,03)
Net Actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in the year (1,14)
Net Cost 1,23
Actual return on plan assets (1,29)
Estimated contribution for the next year 49
Assumptions
Discount rate 8.0% per annum
Expected return on plan assets 8.0% per annum
Salary escalation rate 7.5% per annum

Expected rate of return on investments is determined based on the assessment made by the company at the beginning
of the year with regard to its existing portfolio. The Bank’s investments have been made in insurance funds.
The Bank does not have any unfunded defined benefit plan.
The Bank contributed Rs. 83,93 lacs (previous year : Rs. 43,93 lacs) to the provident fund and Rs. 18,16 lacs (previous year :
Rs. 12,88 lacs) to the superannuation plan respectively.
Compensated Absences
The actuarial liability of compensated absences of accumulated privileged and sick leaves of the employees of the Bank as
of March 31, 2009 is given below :
(Rs. lacs)
Privileged leave 102,34 97,30

Sick leave 24,81 15,70
Total actuarial liability 127,15 113,00
Assumptions
24 Segment Reporting
Summary of the operating segments of the Bank is given below :
(Rs. lacs)
1. Segment Revenue
a) Treasury 4,917,01 3,533,73
b) Retail Banking 14,880,83 9,096,49
c) Wholesale Banking 10,605,82 6,737,31
d) Other Banking Operations 2,146,04 1,279,42
e) Unallocated 3,51 -
Total 32,553,21 20,646,95
Less : Inter Segment Revenue 12,930,35 8,248,80
Income from Operations 19,622,86 12,398,15
2. Segment Results
a) Treasury 488,18 488,32
b) Retail Banking 1,268,93 540,15
d) Other Banking Operations 635,51 309,87
e) Unallocated (335,62) (255,67)
Total Profit Before Tax 3,299,25 2,280,64
Income Tax expense (1,054,31) (690,45)
Net Profit 2,244,94 1,590,19

(Rs. lacs)
3. Capital Employed
Segment assets
a) Treasury 66,380,51 54,351,34
b) Retail Banking 58,073,00 42,487,36
e) Unallocated 8,843,28 4,926,94
Total Assets 183,270,77 133,176,60
Segment liabilities
a) Treasury 2,685,84 3,790,41
b) Retail Banking 92,400,30 61,524,33
d) Other Banking Operations - -
e) Unallocated 29,862,87 18,605,76
Total Liabilities 183,270,77 133,176,60
Net Segment assets/(liabilities)
a) Treasury 63,694,67 50,560,93
b) Retail Banking (34,327,30) (19,036,97)
c) Wholesale Banking (12,271,85) (21,099,15)
e) Unallocated (21,019,59) (13,678,82)
4. Capital Expenditure (including net CWIP)
a) Treasury 41,59 106,58
b) Retail Banking 405,68 342,70
c) Wholesale Banking 132,80 150,64
e) Unallocated - -
Total 612,94 629,41
5. Depreciation
a) Treasury 46,03 22,93
e) Unallocated - -
Total 359,91 271,72

25 Related Party Disclosures
As per AS - 18, Related Party Disclosure, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, the Bank’s related parties
are disclosed below :
Promoter
Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd.
Enterprises under common control of the promoter
HDFC Asset Management Company Ltd.
HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Ltd.
HDFC Developers Ltd.
HDFC Holdings Ltd.
HDFC Investments Ltd.
HDFC Trustee Company Ltd.
GRUH Finance Ltd.
HDFC Realty Ltd.
HDFC Ergo General Insurance Company Ltd. (formerly HDFC Chubb General Insurance Company Ltd.)
HDFC Venture Capital Ltd.
HDFC Ventures Trustee Company Ltd.
HDFC Sales Pvt. Ltd. (formerly Home Loan Services India Pvt. Ltd.)
HDFC Property Ventures Ltd.
Subsidiaries
HDFC Securities Ltd.
HDB Financial Services Ltd. (with effect from August 31, 2007)
Associates
Computer Age Management Services Pvt. Ltd. (ceased to be an associate from October 12, 2007)
SolutionNET India Pvt. Ltd.
Softcell Technologies Ltd.
Flexcel International Pvt. Ltd. (ceased to be an associate from March 31, 2008)
Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Pvt. Ltd.
HBL Global Pvt. Ltd.
Centillion Solutions and Services Pvt. Ltd.
Kairoleaf Analytics Pvt. Ltd. (ceased to be an associate from March 30, 2009)
International Asset Reconstruction Company Pvt. Ltd.
Key Management Personnel
Aditya Puri, Managing Director
Paresh Sukthankar, Director
Harish Engineer, Director
Related Party to Key Management Personnel
Salisbury Investments Pvt. Ltd.

The Bank’s related party balances and transactions for the year ended March 31, 2009 are summarized as follows :
(Rs. lacs)
Items / Related Party Promoter Enterprises Subsidiaries Associates Key Relatives of Total
under Common Management Key
Control of the Personnel Management
Promoter Personnel
Deposits 710,73 117,96 188,51 43,07 6,27 1,36 1,067,90
Placement of Deposits 2 18 1 29,00 - 3,50 32,71
Advances - - 62,65 - - - 62,65
Purchase of fixed assets - - 11 15,89 - - 16,00
Interest received - - 4 - - - 4
Rendering of Services 56,10 540,63 6,47 18,10 - - 621,30
Receiving of Services 1,03 23,44 9,46 497,14 - 54 531,61
Amount received on
Equity Share Warrants Issued 400,92 - - - - - 400,92
Equity Investment - - 123,76 34,71 - - 158,47
Dividend paid 44,58 - - - - - 44,58
Dividend received on
equity investment - - - 10 - - 10
Accounts Receivable 3,72 70,25 - - - - 73,97
Accounts Payable - - 6,38 38,02 - - 44,40
Management Contracts - - - - 7,30 - 7,30
Loans Purchased 4,245,21 - - - - - 4,245,21
Assignment of Loans 1,961,55 - - - - - 1,961,55
The Bank being an authorised dealer, deals in foreign exchange and derivative transactions with certain parties which
includes the promoter and related group companies. The foreign exchange and derivative transactions are undertaken in
line with the RBI guidelines. The notional principal amount of foreign exchange and derivative contracts transacted with
the promoter that were outstanding as on March 31, 2009 is Rs. 4,632,97 lacs. The contingent credit exposure pertaining to
these contracts computed in line with the extant RBI guidelines on exposure norms is Rs. 361,31 lacs.
The Bank’s related party balances and transactions for the year ended March 31, 2008 are summarized as follows :
(Rs. lacs)
IItems / Related Party Promoter Enterprises Subsidiaries Associates Key Relatives of Total
under Common Management Key
Control of the Personnel Management
Promoter Personnel
Deposits 82,31 132,41 137,22 30,79 3,91 1,09 387,73
Placement of Deposits 2 18 1 19,50 - 3,50 23,21
Advances - - - 20 - - 20
Purchase of fixed assets - - - 21,20 - - 21,20
Interest received - - 21 3 - - 24
Rendering of Services 52,01 260,83 13,75 - - - 326,59
Receiving of Services 1,06 14,25 1,96 360,51 - 54 378,32
Equity Investment - - 123,76 3,71 - - 127,47
Dividend paid 27,20 - - - - - 27,20
equity investment - - - 1,38 - - 1,38
Accounts Receivable 1,83 10,03 10,31 - - - 22,17
Accounts Payable - - - 25,90 - - 25,90
Management Contracts - - - - 6,61 - 6,61

26 Leases
The details of maturity profile of future operating lease payments are given below : (Rs. lacs)
Period March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008
Not later than one year 318,50 181,61
Later than one year and not later than five years 1,086,06 616,57
Later than five years 544,10 213,21
Total 1,948,66 1,011,39
The total of minimum lease payments recognized in the Profit and

Loss Account for the year 378,59 177,26
Operating leases primarily comprise office premises and staff residences, which are renewable at the option of the Bank.
27 Penalties Levied by the Reserve Bank of India
No penalties were levied by the Reserve Bank of India during the financial years ended March 31, 2009 and March 31,
2008.
28 Dividend in respect of shares to be allotted on exercise of stock options
Any allotment of shares after the balance sheet date but before the book closure date pursuant to the exercise of options
during the said period will be eligible for full dividend, if approved at the ensuing Annual General Meeting.
29 Disclosure for customer complaints/unimplemented awards of Banking Ombudsman
Customer complaints
(a) No. of complaints pending at the beginning of the year * 1,630
(b) No. of complaints received during the year 2,96,469
(c) No. of complaints redressed during the year 2,95,619
(d) No. of complaints pending at the end of the year 2,480
* includes 83 complaints related to eCBOP added on Amalgamation.
Unimplemented awards of Banking Ombudsmen
(a) No. of unimplemented awards at the beginning of the year * 6
(b) No. of Awards passed by the Banking Ombudsmen during the year 6
(c) No. of Awards implemented during the year 8
(d) No. of unimplemented Awards at the end of the year 4
* includes 2 awards related to eCBOP added on Amalgamation.

30 Disclosure of Letter of Comforts (LoCs) issued by the Bank
The Bank has not issued any Letter of Comfort during the year ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008.
31 Changes in Accounting Estimates
Useful Life of Assets
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Bank changed the useful life of software, automated teller machines (ATM’s)
and certain other fixed assets prospectively from April 1, 2008. Where there is a revision of the estimated useful life of an
asset, the unamortised depreciable amount will be charged over the revised remaining useful life. This change in estimate
has resulted in the profit after tax for the year ended March 31, 2009 being higher by Rs. 31,71 lacs.
32 Small and Micro Industries
Under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 which came into force from October 2, 2006, certain
disclosures are required to be made relating to Micro, Small and Medium enterprises. There have been no reported cases
of delays in payments to micro and small enterprises or of interest payments due to delays in such payments.
33 Comparative Figures
Figures for the previous year have been regrouped and reclassified wherever necessary to conform to the current year’s
presentation. However, previous year figures are not comparable to that of the current year as those are of the standalone
HDFC Bank and the current year figures includes erstwhile Centurion Bank of Punjab. In respect of the previous year
figures, differences, if any, between figures reported in lacs in the previous year and reported in thousands in the current
year are due to rounding off.
For and on behalf of the Board

C M Vasudev
Sanjay Dongre Gautam Divan
Company Secretary Directors
Mumbai, 23 April, 2009

Statement pursuant to Section 212 of the Companies Act,
1956, relating to subsidiary Companies
(In terms of the approval u/s 212(8) of the Companies Act, 1956 granted by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs vide its letter under
reference number 47/58/2008-CL-III dated February 20, 2008
(As on / for the year ended March 31, 2009) Rs. lacs
Name of the subsidiary HDFC Securities Ltd. HDB Financial Services Ltd.
Capital 1,500 10,501

Reserves and Surplus 8,025 (1,288)
Total Assets 20,599 19,588
Total Liabilities (excluding capital and reserves) 11,074 10,375
Investments - -
Turnover (total income) 12,466 2,354
Profit / (Loss) Before Taxation 2,809 (919)
Provision for Taxation (1,152) (9)
Profit / (Loss) After Taxation 1,657 (928)
Proposed Dividend including tax thereon 35 -

Basel II - Pillar 3 Disclosures
1. Scope of Application HBL Global HBL is an associate engaged in

a) The name of the top bank in the group to which the Private Limited providing the Bank with direct sales
framework applies: (HBL) support for certain products of the
Bank and is consolidated by equity
The New Capital Adequacy Framework is applicable to method in the consolidated financial
HDFC Bank Limited (hereinafter referred to as the Bank) statements. Not consolidated for
and its two subsidiaries (HDFC Securities Ltd. and HDB capital adequacy purpose.
Financial Services Private Ltd.) which together
constitutes the group in line with guidelines on Softcell Softcell is an associate engaged in
preparation of consolidated prudential reports issued Technologies providing business-to-business
vide circular DBOD.No.BP.BC.72/21.04.018/2001-02 dated Limited software services and is consolidated
February 25, 2003. (Soft cell) by equity method in the consolidated
financial statements. Not consolidated
b) An outline of differences in the basis of consolidation for for capital adequacy purpose.
accounting and regulatory purposes, with a brief
description of the entities within the group: Centillion Centillion is an associate engaged in
Solutions & Back office processing services and is
For financial reporting, the Bank consolidates its Services Private consolidated by equity method in
subsidiaries in accordance with (AS) 21, Consolidated Ltd the consolidated financial statements.
Financial Statements on a line-by-line basis. (Centillion) Not consolidated for capital adequacy
Investments in associates are accounted by the equity purpose.
method in accordance with (AS) 23, Accounting for
Investments in Associates in Consolidated Financial International IARCL is an associate engaged in
Statements. Asset securitization and asset reconstruction
Reconstruction and is consolidated by equity method
For the purpose of consolidated prudential regulatory Company in the consolidated financial
reports, the consolidated bank includes all group entities Private Ltd statements. Not consolidated for
under its control, except group companies which are (IARCL) capital adequacy purpose.
engaged in insurance business and businesses not
pertaining to financial services. Kairloleaf Kairloleaf was an associate engaged in
Analytics providing analytical solutions and is
Details of subsidiaries and associates of the Bank along Private consolidated by equity method in the
with the consolidation status for accounting and Limited consolidated financial statements. Not
regulatory purposes are given below: (Kairoleaf )* consolidated for capital adequacy
Name of Brief description and Consolidation purpose.
entity Status
*Kairloeaf Analytics Private Ltd ceased to be an associate
HDFC Securities HSL is a subsidiary engaged in stock with effect from March 30, 2009, on account of reduction
Limited (HSL) broking and is fully consolidated in in ownership interest from 29% to 14.60%.
the consolidated financial statements.
The Bank’s investment in the equity capital of subsidiaries
HDB Financial HDBFS is a subsidiary engaged in are deducted, 50% from Tier I capital and 50% from Tier II
Services Private retail asset financing and is fully capital. Investments in the Bank’s associates are risk-weighted.
Limited (HDBFS) consolidated in the consolidated
c) There is no capital deficiency in the subsidiaries of the
financial statements.
bank as of March 31, 2009.
Atlas ADFC is an associate engaged in back-
d) As of March 31, 2009, the Bank does not have
Documentary office processing and is consolidated
investment in any insurance entity.
Facilitators by equity method in the consolidated
Company financial statements. Not consolidated 2. Capital Structure
Private Limited for capital adequacy purpose.
a) Summary information on the main features of all capital
(ADFC)
instruments eligible for inclusion under Tier I and Tier II
SolutionNET SolutionNET is an associate engaged capital outstanding as of March 31, 2009 :
India Private in providing information technology
Capital funds are classified into Tier I and Tier II capital
Limited consulting and services and is
under the capital adequacy framework. Tier I capital
(SolutionNET) consolidated by equity method in the
includes paid-up equity capital, statutory reserves, other
Private Limited consolidated financial statements.
disclosed free reserves, capital reserves and innovative
Not consolidated for capital adequacy
perpetual debt instruments (Tier I bonds) eligible for
purpose.
inclusion in Tier I capital that comply with the

requirements specified by RBI. Elements of Tier II capital d) Debt capital instruments eligible for inclusion in Upper
include revaluation reserve, if any, general provision for Tier II capital are given below:
standard assets, upper Tier II instruments and (Rs. lacs)
subordinated debt instruments (lower Tier II bonds) Particulars Amount
eligible for inclusion in Tier II capital. HDFC Bank has issued
Total amount outstanding
debt instruments that form part of Tier I and Tier II capital.
as of March 31, 2009 2,818,10
The terms and conditions that are applicable for these
Of which amounts raised during the year 1,575,00
instruments comply with the stipulated regulatory
requirements. Amount eligible to be reckoned
as capital funds 2,818,10
Tier I bonds are non-cumulative and perpetual in nature
e) Subordinated debt eligible for inclusion in Lower Tier II
with a call option after 10 years. Interest on Tier I bonds is capital is given below:
payable semi-annually. There is a step up clause on
interest payment of 75 basis points in conjunction with (Rs. lacs)
call option. Particulars Amount
Total amount outstanding
The upper Tier II bonds have an original maturity of as of March 31, 2009 3,459,70
minimum 15 years with call option after 10 years. These
Of which amounts raised during the year 1,300,00
Tier II bonds have a step-up clause on interest payment
ranging from 50 bps to 100 bps in conjunction with call Amount eligible to be reckoned
option. The interest on upper Tier II bonds is payable as capital funds 3,264,48
either annually or semi-annually. f) The total eligible capital of the Bank outstanding as of
March 31, 2009 amounts to Rs. 20,440,32 lacs.
The lower Tier II bonds have an original maturity upto
fourteen years. The interest on lower Tier II capital 3. Capital Adequacy
instruments is payable either annually or semi-annually. a) Summary discussion of the Bank’s approach to assess the
b) Details of Tier I capital are given below: adequacy of capital to support current and future trends:
(Rs. lacs) The Bank has a process for assessing its overall Capital
Particulars Amount Adequacy in relation to their risk profile and a strategy
for maintaining their capital levels. The process provides
Paid up share capital 425,38 an assurance that the Bank has adequate capital to support
Reserves 14,213,76 all risk in its business and an appropriate capital buffer
based on its business profile. The Bank identifies, assesses
Innovative Perpetual Debt 200,00
and manages comprehensively all risks that it is exposed
Gross Tier I 14,839,14 to through sound corporate governance and control
Deductions: practices, robust risk management framework and an
Deferred Tax Asset (861,92) elaborate process for capital calculation and planning.
Credit enhancement on securitization (50%) (203,70) The Bank has formalized a comprehensive Internal Capital
Total Deductions (1,065,62) Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP document). This
document covers the capital management policy of the
Total Tier I capital (net of deductions) 13,773,52
Bank, sets the process for assessment of the adequacy of
c) The total amount of Tier II capital (net of deductions) as capital to support current and future trends / risks and a
of March 31, 2009 is Rs. 6,666,80 lacs. report on the capital projections for the current and
Details of Tier II capital are given below: following two years.
Particulars Amount The Bank has a structured management framework in

the internal capital adequacy assessment process for the
Upper Tier II capital 2,818,10 identification and evaluation of the significance of all
Lower Tier II capital 3,264,48 risks that the Bank faces, which may have an adverse
material impact on its financial position. The Bank
Provision for Standard assets 760,29 considers the following risks as material risks it is exposed
Investment Reserve Account 27,63 to in the normal course of its business and therefore,
factors these while assessing / planning capital:
Less: Credit enhancement Credit Risk
on securitization (203,70)
Market Risk
Total Tier II capital (net of deductions) 6,666,80 Operational Risk

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book Bank’s risk appetite, derived from perceived risks in the
Liquidity Risk business, balanced by the targeted profitability level for
the risks taken up. The Board oversees the credit risk
Credit Concentration Risk
management functions of the Bank. The Risk Monitoring
Business Risk Committee (RMC), which is a committee of the Board,
Strategic Risk guides the development of policies, procedures and
Compliance Risk systems for managing credit risk, towards implementing
the credit risk strategy of the Bank. The RMC ensures that
Reputation Risk these are adequate and appropriate to changing business
b) Capital Requirements for Credit Risk: conditions, the structure and needs of the Bank and the
(Rs. lacs) risk appetite of the Bank. The Bank’s Credit & Market Risk
group drives credit risk management centrally in the Bank.
Particulars Amount It is primarily responsible for implementing the risk
Portfolios subject to Standardized strategy approved by the Board, developing procedures
approach 10,308,03 and systems for managing risk, carrying out an
independent assessment of credit and market risk,
Securitization Exposures 431,68
approving individual credit exposures and ensuring
c) Capital Requirements for Market Risk: portfolio composition and quality. Within the Credit &
Market Risk group and independent of the credit approval
(Rs. lacs)
process, there is a framework for review and approval of
Particulars Amount credit ratings. With regard to the Wholesale Banking
Standardized duration approach: business the Bank’s risk management functions are
centralized. In respect of the Bank’s Retail Assets business,
Interest rate risk 521,23
while the various functions relating to policy, portfolio
Foreign Exchange risk (including gold) 27,00 management and analytics are centralized, the
Equity risk 14,50 underwriting function is distributed across various
Total 562,73 geographies within the country. The risk management
function in the Bank is clearly demarcated and
d) Capital Requirements for Operational Risk: independent from the operations and business units of
(Rs. lacs) the Bank.
Particulars Amount Credit Process:

Capital required under Basic We expect to achieve our earnings objectives and to satisfy
Indicator Approach 806,11 our customers’ needs while maintaining a sound portfolio.
Credit exposures are managed through target market
e) Total and Tier I Capital: identification, appropriate credit approval processes, post-
(Rs. lacs) disbursement monitoring and remedial management
procedures.
Particulars Amount
There are two different credit management models within
Tier I capital ratio 10.62%
which the credit process operates - the Retail Credit Model
Total capital ratio 15.75% and the Wholesale Credit Model. The Retail Credit Model
4. Credit Risk is geared towards high volume, small transaction size
businesses and is based largely on actuarial / statistical
a) Credit Risk Management :
techniques and the management of aggregate product
Credit Risk is defined as the possibility of losses associated portfolios. The Wholesale Credit Model on the other hand,
with diminution in the credit quality of borrowers or is relevant to lower volume, larger transaction size,
counterparties. In a bank’s portfolio, losses stem from customised products and relies on a judgmental process
outright default due to inability or unwillingness of a for the origination, approval and maintenance of credit
customer or counterparty to meet commitments in relation exposures.
to lending, trading, settlement and other financial
The credit models have two alternatives to managing the
transactions.
credit process – Product Programs and Credit Transactions.
Architecture: In Product Programs, we approve maximum levels of credit
exposure to a set of customers with similar characteristics,
The Bank has a comprehensive credit risk management
profiles and / or product needs, under clearly defined
architecture. The Board of Directors of the Bank endorses
standard terms and conditions. This is a cost-effective
the credit risk strategy and approves the credit risk policies
approach to managing credit where credit risks and
of the Bank. This is done taking into consideration the

expected returns lend themselves to a standardized for a period of more than 90 days in respect of a term
approach or predictable portfolio behavior in terms of loan. Any amount due to the Bank under any credit
yield, delinquency and write-off. Given the high volume facility is “overdue” if it is not paid on the due date
environment, automated tracking and reporting fixed by the Bank.
mechanisms are important here to identify trends in
b. The account remains ‘out of order’, in respect of an
portfolio behavior early and to initiate timely adjustments. Overdraft/Cash Credit (OD/CC). An account is treated
In the case of Credit Transactions, the risk process focuses as ‘out of order’ if the outstanding balance remains
on individual customers or borrower relationships. The continuously in excess of the sanctioned limit /
approval process in such cases is based on detailed drawing power or where there are no credits
analysis and the individual judgement of credit officials, continuously for 90 days as on the date of balance
often involving complex products or risks, multiple sheet or credits are not enough to cover the interest
facilities / structures and types of securities. debited during the same period.
The Bank’s Credit Policies and Procedure Manual and Credit c. The bill remains overdue for a period of more than 90
Programs, where applicable, form the core to controlling days in the case of bills purchased and discounted.
credit risk in various activities and products. These
articulate the credit risk strategy of the Bank and thereby d. A loan granted for short duration crops is treated as
the approach for credit origination, approval and NPA, if the instalment of principal or interest thereon
maintenance. These policies define the Bank’s overall remains overdue for two crop seasons. A loan granted
credit granting criteria, including the general terms and for long duration crops is treated as NPA, if the
instalment of principal or interest thereon remains
conditions. The Policies / Programs generally address such
overdue for one crop season.
areas as target markets / customer segmentation,
qualitative-quantitative assessment parameters, portfolio e. Any amount to be received remains overdue for a
mix, prudential exposure ceilings, concentration limits, period of more than 90 days in respect of other
price and non-price terms, structure of limits, approval accounts.
authorities, exception reporting system, prudential
f. Any receivable representing positive mark-to-market
accounting and provisioning norms, etc. They take
value of a derivative contract, if overdue for a period of
cognizance of prudent and prevalent banking practices,
90 days or more, is treated as non-performing asset
relevant regulatory requirements, nature and complexity and also makes all other funded facilities granted to
of the Bank’s activities, market dynamics, etc. the client as non-performing asset, following the
As an integral part of the credit process, the Bank has a principle of borrower-wise classification. The
fairly sophisticated credit rating model appropriate to applicability of the principle of borrower-wise asset
each market segment in Wholesale Credit. The models classification is confined to only the overdues arising
follow principles similar to those of international rating from forward contracts and plain vanilla swaps and
agencies. In Retail Credit, Score cards have been options. Accordingly, any amount, representing positive
introduced in the smaller ticket, higher volume products mark-to-market value of the foreign exchange
like credit cards, two wheeler loans and auto loans. For derivative contracts (other than forward contract and
other retail products, the Bank explores the plain vanilla swaps and options) that were entered into
appropriateness of using scores based on the statistical during the period April 2007 to June 2008, if any, which
has already crystallised or might crystallise in future
analysis of portfolio behaviour over a period of time.
and is / becomes receivable from the client, is parked in
Top management monitors overall portfolio quality and a separate account maintained in the name of the client
high-risk exposures periodically, including the weighted / counterparty. This amount, even if overdue for a period
risk grade of the portfolio and industry diversification. of 90 days or more, will not make other funded facilities
Additional to, and independent of, the internal grading provided to the client, NPA on account of the principle
system and the RBI norms on asset classification, the Bank of borrower-wise asset classification, though such
has a labeling system, where individual credits are labeled receivable overdue for 90 days or more is itself classified
based on the degree of risk perceived in them by the as NPA, as per the extant income recognition and asset
Bank. Remedial strategies are developed once a loan is classification (IRAC) norms. The classification of all other
identified as an adversely labeled credit. assets of such clients will, however, continue to be
governed by the extant IRAC norms.
Definition of Non-Performing Assets:
Non-performing assets are classified into the following
The Bank follows the current guidelines of Reserve Bank three categories:
of India (RBI) on income recognition, asset classification
and provisioning. A Non-Performing Asset (NPA) is a loan a. Sub-standard Assets - A sub-standard asset is one,
or an advance where: which has remained NPA for a period less than or
equal to 12 months. In such cases, the current net
a. Interest and/or instalment of principal remain overdue worth of the borrower / guarantor or the current

market value of the security charged is not enough to d) Industry-wise distribution of exposures:
ensure recovery of the dues to the banks in full. In
other words, such an asset will have well defined credit (Rs. lacs)
weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt Industry Fund Non Fund
and are characterized by the distinct possibility that Based Based
the banks will sustain some loss, if deficiencies are
Agriculture and allied activities 3,250,14 13,68
not corrected.
Automobile & Auto Ancillary 3,899,16 198,65
b. Doubtful Assets - A doubtful asset is one, which
Banks and Financial Institutions 4,595,53 198,38
remained NPA for a period exceeding 12 months. A
loan classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses Capital Market Intermediaries 676,68 1,488,47
inherent in assets that were classified as sub-standard, Cement and Cement Products 314,97 396,01
with the added characteristic that the weaknesses Chemical and Chemical Products 620,45 209,66
make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of
Construction and Developers 955,29 420,77
currently known facts, conditions and values - highly
questionable and improbable. Drugs and Pharmaceuticals 1,069,48 174,55
Engineering 1,752,94 2,569,11
c. Loss Assets - A loss asset is one where loss has been
identified by the bank or internal or external auditors Fertilisers and Pesticides 2,744,56 212,07
or the RBI inspection but the amount has not been FMCG and Personal Care 435,59 59,78
written off wholly. In other words, such an asset is Food and Beverage 1,882,70 359,72
considered uncollectible and of such little value that
Gems and Jewellery 795,97 175,46
its continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted
although there may be some salvage or recovery value. Glass and Glass Products 238,15 32,67
Home Finance Companies 1,707,57 -
Interest on non-performing assets is not recognised
in the profit/loss account until received. Specific Information Technology 470,13 222,32
provision for non performing assets is made based Infrastructure(Road, Port) 865,44 200,33
on management’s assessment of their degree of Iron and Steel 1,246,30 385,48
impairment subject to the minimum provisioning level
prescribed by RBI. Mining and Minerals 370,77 88,62
NBFC/Financial Intermediaries 4,203,16 24,44
Definition of ‘Overdue’
Non-ferrous Metals and Products 722,16 992,94
Any amount due to the bank under any credit facility is Paper, Printing and Stationery 370,74 406,20
‘overdue’ if it is not paid on the due date fixed by the bank.
Petroleum & Petroleum Products 2,643,73 1,835,65
b) Gross Credit Risk Exposures: Plastics and Plastic Products 258,95 54,21
(Rs. lacs)
Power 755,92 364,39
Category Amount Real Estate & Property Services* 1,456,30 31,21
Fund based* 105,489,42 Retail Assets** 51,171,21 2,383,29
Non Fund based** 17,063,74 Road Transport*** 5,327,05 170,96
Services 936,48 565,77
Total 122,553,16
Telecom 1,184,32 665,21
* Fund based exposures comprises loans and advances
Textile 1,276,41 182,54
and investments of the bank
Wholesale/Retail Trade 3,196,23 441,29
**Non fund based exposures comprises guarantees,
Other Industries**** 4,094,94 1,539,91
acceptances, endorsements and letter of Credits
Grand Total 105,489,42 17,063,74
c) Geographic distribution of exposures:
* classification of exposure to real estate sector under
(Rs. lacs)
“Exposures in Sensitive Sector”, as disclosed in the Notes
Category Fund Non Fund to the Financial Statements, is as per the RBI guidelines,
Based Based which includes not only exposures to borrowers in the
real estate industry but also exposure to borrowers in
Domestic 104,656,04 17,063,74 other industries, where the exposures are primarily
Overseas 833,38 - secured by real estate and investment in home finance
institutions and securitization.
Total 105,489,42 17,063,74
** comprises auto loans, consumer loans, credit cards,

home loans, personal loans, two wheeler loans, business h) NPAs Ratio:
loans except where otherwise classified.
Particulars Ratios
*** includes retail commercial vehicle financing.
**** covers about 24 industries such as leather and leather Gross NPA as a ratio to Gross Advances 1.98%
products, rubber and rubber products, cold storage, Net NPA as a ratio to Net Advances 0.63%
warehousing, wood and wood products, airlines, shipping
each of which is less then 0.25% of the total exposure. i) Movement of Gross NPAs (Merged):
e) Residual Contractual Maturity breakdown of assets: (Rs. lacs)
(Rs. lacs) Particulars Amount

Maturity Cash and Balances Invest- Advances Fixed Other Grand Opening balances 906,97
Buckets Balances with ments Assets Assets Total Additions during the year/
with Banks &
Reserve Money at
on Amalgamation 3,413,31
Bank of Call & Reductions during the year (2,332,20)
India Short
Notice Closing Balance 1,988,08
1 to 14 days 5,789,36 3,495,20 17,063,46 6,342,89 - 3,210,56 35,901,47 Of the above, the movement in NPAs arising on account
15 to 28 days 133,45 69,06 1,125,44 2,447,68 - 399,85 4,175,48
of the advance book of eCBoP during the year ended
March 31, 2009 is as follows:
29 days to 3 months 433,48 334,00 2,540,01 11,205,24 - 3,24 14,515,97
Movement of Gross NPAs (eCBop):
3 to 6 months 453,97 42,59 2,355,52 10,582,53 - 1,03 13,435,64
(Rs. lacs)
6 months to 1 year 676,64 52,78 4,147,37 13,991,78 - 2,53 18,871,10
Particulars Amount
1 to 3 years 4,696,66 7,50 21,618,57 40,625,20 - 2,766,39 69,714,32
Opening balances -
3 to 5 years 869,63 - 4,519,68 6,106,80 - 5,32 11,501,43
Additions during the year 1,549,67
Above 5 years 474,03 8,81 5,345,11 7,725,24 1,732,28 1,89 15,287,36
Reductions during the year (705,27)
Grand Total 13,527,22 4,009,94 58,715,16 99,027,36 1,732,28 6,390,81 183,402,77 Closing Balance 844,40
f) Gross and Net NPAs: j) Movement of Provisions for NPA (Merged) :
(Rs. lacs) (Rs. lacs)
NPA Classification Amount Particulars Amount
Sub Standard 1,647,47 Opening balances 60,845
Doubtful * Provisions made during the year/
- Doubtful 1 161,01 on Amalgamation 3,012,88
- Doubtful 2 20,61 Write off (2,187,37)
- Doubtful 3 4,18 Write back of excess provisions (73,50)
Loss 154,81 Closing Balance 1,360,46
Total 1,988,08
Of the above, the movement of provisions in NPAs arising
* Doubtful 1, 2 and 3 categories correspond to the period on account of the advance book of eCBoP during the
for which asset has been doubtful - Up to one year year ended March 31, 2009 is as follows:
(Doubtful 1), One to three years (Doubtful 2) and More
Movement of Provisions for NPA (eCBop) :
than three years (Doubtful 3).
(Rs. lacs)
g) Net NPAs :
Particulars Amount
(Rs. lacs)
Opening balances -
Particulars Amount
Additions during the year 1,306,04
Gross NPA 1,988,08
Write off (702,76)
Less Provisions 1,360,46 Write back of excess provisions (2,51)
Net NPA 627,62 Closing Balance 600,77

k) Amount of Non performing Investment: Process used to transfer public issue ratings onto comparable
assets in banking book:
(Rs. lacs)
z For assets in the Bank’s portfolio that have contractual
Particulars Amount maturity less than or equal to one year, short term ratings
Gross Non performing investment 2,23 accorded by the chosen credit rating agencies are
Total provisions held on considered relevant. For other assets, which have a
Non performing Investment (2,23) contractual maturity of more than one year, long term
ratings accorded by the chosen credit rating agencies are
Net Non performing investment -
considered relevant.
l) Movement of provisions for depreciation on investments:
z The Bank has used long term ratings of counterparty as a
proxy for an unrated short term exposure on the same
(Rs. lacs) counterparty subject to compliance with the requirements
for use of multiple rating assessments and applicability
Particulars Amount of issue rating to issuer / other claims. The long term
Opening balance 7,45 ratings issued by the chosen domestic credit rating
Provisions made during the year 51,41 agencies have been mapped to the appropriate risk
weights applicable as per the Standardised approach
Write off -
under the Revised Framework. The rating risk weight
Write back of excess provisions (3,45) mapping furnished below was adopted for domestic
Closing balance 55,41 corporate exposures, as per RBI’s guidelines:
5. Credit Risk: Disclosures for portfolios subject to the Risk Weight 20 % 30 % 50 % 100 % 150 % 100%
Standardized Approach Rating AAA AA A BBB BB & UR
a) The Bank has used the Standardized Approach for the Below
entire credit portfolio. z If an issuer has a long-term exposure with an external
Name of credit rating agencies used: long term rating that warrants a risk weight of 150%, all
unrated claims on the same counterparty, whether short-
z The Bank is using the ratings assigned by the following term or long-term, receives a 150% risk weight, unless
domestic external credit rating agencies, approved by RBI, recognised credit risk mitigation techniques have been
for risk weighting claims on domestic entities - used for such claims.
1. Credit Analysis and Research Limited (CARE) z For risk-weighting purposes, short-term ratings are
2. Credit Rating Information Services of India Limited deemed to be issue specific. They are only used to derive
(CRISlL) risk weights for claims arising from the rated facility. They
are not generalised to other short-term claims. Further, a
3. Fitch India short-term rating is not used to support a risk weight for
4. ICRA Limited (ICRA) an unrated long-term claim. Short-term assessments are
only used for short-term claims against banks and
z The Bank is using the ratings assigned by the following corporates.
international credit rating agencies, approved by RBI, for
risk weighting claims on overseas entities - z As permitted in the RBI guidelines, notwithstanding the
above restriction on using an issue specific short term
1. Fitch rating for other short term exposures, unrated short term
2. Moodys claim on counterparty attract a risk weight of at least
one level higher than the risk weight applicable to the
3. Standard & Poor’s rated short term claim on that counter-party. If a short-
Types of exposures for which each agency is used: term rated facility to counterparty attracts a 20% or a
50% risk-weight, unrated short-term claims to the same
z The Bank has used the solicited ratings assigned by all counter-party cannot attract a risk weight lower than
the above approved credit rating agencies for all eligible 30% or 100% respectively. Similarly, if an issuer has a
exposures, both on balance sheet and off balance sheet, short-term exposure with an external short term rating
whether short term or long term, in the manner permitted that warrants a risk weight of 150%, all unrated claims
in RBI’s guidelines. The Bank has not made any on the same counter-party, whether long-term or short-
discrimination among ratings assigned by these agencies term, receives a 150% risk weight, unless the recognised
nor restricted their usage to any particular type(s) of credit risk mitigation techniques for such claims have
exposure(s). been used.

z In respect of the issue specific short term ratings the above criterion, it is extended to the entire amount
following risk weight mapping has been adopted by the of credit risk exposure the bank has with regard
Bank, as provided in the RBI guidelines: to that exposure i.e., both principal and interest.
Short Term P1+ P1 P2 P3 P4 / P5 UR b) For exposure amounts after risk mitigation subject to the
Rating (eqv.) standardized approach, the Bank’s outstanding (rated and
unrated) in the following three major risk Buckets as well
Risk Weight 20 % 30 % 50 % 100 % 150 % 100%
as those that are deducted:
z The Bank has been guided by the following rules in respect (Rs. lacs)
of exposures / obligors having multiple ratings from the
Particulars Amount
chosen credit rating agencies for the purpose of risk
weight calculation: Below 100% risk weight 45,470,60
(i) If there is only one rating by a chosen credit rating 100% risk weight 44,083,39
agency for a particular claim, that rating is used to
More than 100% risk weight 32,999,17
determine the risk weight of the claim.
Deducted -
(ii) If there are two ratings accorded by chosen credit
rating agencies, which map into different risk Total 122,553,16
weights, the higher risk weight is applied.
6. Credit Risk Mitigation: Disclosures for Standardized
(iii) If there are three or more ratings accorded by Approaches
chosen credit rating agencies with different risk
weights, the ratings corresponding to the two a) Qualitative Disclosures
lowest risk weights should be referred to and the The Bank’s Credit Policies & Procedures Manual and
higher of those two risk weights is applied, i.e., the Product Programs include the risk mitigation and
second lowest risk weight. collateral management policy of the Bank. The policy
covers aspects on the nature of risk mitigants /
z Where the Bank invests in a particular issue that has an
collaterals acceptable to the Bank, the documentation
issue specific rating by a chosen credit rating agency the
and custodial arrangement of the collateral, the manner
risk weight of the claim is based on this assessment. Where
and periodicity of valuation, etc.
the Bank’s claim is not an investment in a specific assessed
issue, the following general principles are applied: For purposes of computation of capital requirement for
(i) In circumstances where the borrower has a specific Credit Risk, the Bank recognizes only those collaterals
assessment for an issued debt - but the Bank’s claim that are considered as eligible for risk mitigation in RBI’s
is not an investment in this particular debt - the guidelines.
rating applicable to the specific debt (where the z Cash deposit with the Bank
rating maps into a risk weight lower than that
which applies to an unrated claim) is applied to the z Gold, including bullion and jewellery
Bank’s unassessed claim only if this claim ranks pari z Securities issued by Central and State Governments
passu or senior to the specific rated debt in all
respects and the maturity of the unassessed claim z Kisan Vikas Patra and National Savings Certificates
is not later than the maturity of the rated claim, z Life insurance policies with a declared surrender value
except where the rated claim is a short term
obligation. z Debt securities rated at least BBB(-) /PR3 /P3/F3/A3
(ii) If either the issuer or single issue has been z Units of Debt Mutual Funds
assigned a rating which maps into a risk weight The Bank uses the comprehensive approach in capital
equal to or higher than that which applies to assessment. In the comprehensive approach, when taking
unrated claims, a claim on the same counterparty, collateral, the Bank calculates the adjusted exposure to a
which is unrated by any chosen credit rating counterparty for capital adequacy purposes by netting
agency, is assigned the same risk weight as is off the effects of that collateral. The Bank adjusts the
applicable to the rated exposure, if this claim ranks value of any collateral by a haircut to take account of
pari passu or junior to the rated exposure in all possible future fluctuations in the value of the security
respects. occasioned by market movements.
(iii) Where the Bank extends an issuer or an issue For purposes of capital calculation and risk based pricing,
specific rating assigned by a chosen credit rating the Bank recognizes the credit protection given by the
agency to any other exposure which the Bank has following entities, considered eligible as per RBI’s
on the same counterparty and which meets the guidelines:

z Sovereign, entities including Bank for International The Bank participates in securitisation transactions in any
Settlements (BIS), International Monetary Fund (IMF), or all of the following roles:
European central bank and European Community as z Originator - The Bank sells down its own portfolio
well as Multilateral Development Banks approved by periodically.
RBI for the purpose, Export Credit Guarantee
z Service & collection agent - For all pools sold by the
Corporation of India (ECGC) and Credit Guarantee
Bank, it undertakes the servicing and collection of
Fund Trust for Small Industries (CGTSI), banks and
loans.
primary dealers with a lower risk weight than the
counter-party. z Investor - The Bank actively invests in Pass Through
Certificates
z Other entities externally rated AA(-) or better or
z Liquidity facility provider - In cases of sell-down
equivalent. This would include guarantee cover
transactions, the Bank functions as the liquidity facility
provided by parent, subsidiary and affiliate companies
provider. The liquidity facility is a type of credit support
when they have a lower risk weight than the obligor.
used to meet temporary collection shortfalls.
The credit risk mitigation taken is largely in the form of z Credit Enhancement Facilities Provider - The Bank
cash deposit with the Bank and thus the risk (credit and provides credit enhancement as stipulated by the
market) concentration of the mitigants is low. rating agencies in case of rated sell down transactions.
b) For disclosed credit risk portfolio under the standardized The principal objectives of the Bank as an originator are a
approach, the total exposure that is covered by eligible combination of reduction of credit risk in the portfolio,
financial collateral: generation of liquidity, capital release, asset-liability
(Rs. lacs) management. As an investor, the objective of the Bank
for entering into an asset opportunity with an appropriate
Particulars Amount
risk-return trade off that the underlying assets carry.
Total exposure covered by b) Accounting Policy of the Bank for Securitisation
eligible financial collateral 7,155,86 transactions:
7. Securitisation – Disclosure for Standardized Approach The Bank securitises out its receivables to Special
Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) in securitisation transactions.
a) Risk Management Objectives and Policies: Such securitised-out receivables are de-recognised in
Securitisation involves pooling together future cash flows the balance sheet when they are sold (true sale criteria
and assigning them to a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV). being fully met with) and consideration has been
Such a sale of assets is on a ‘True Sale’ basis and the received by the Bank. Sales/transfers that do not meet
obligation of the seller is restricted to the amount of these criteria for surrender of control are accounted for
credit enhancement, if any, provided by it. On sale, the as secured borrowings.
assets move out of the balance sheet of the seller entirely. In respect of receivable pools securitised-out, the Bank
The guidelines issued by RBI on securitisation of standard provides liquidity and credit enhancements, in the form
assets define securitisation as a two-stage process. In the of cash collaterals/guarantees and/or by subordination
first stage, there is sale of single asset or a pool of assets of cash flows etc., to Senior Pass Through Certificates
to a ‘bankruptcy remote’ special purpose vehicle (SPV) in (PTCs).
return for an immediate cash payment. In the second
The Bank also enters into securitisation transactions
stage, the security interests representing claims on
through the direct assignment route, which are similar to
incoming cash flows from the asset or pool of assets are asset-backed securitisation transactions through the SPV
transferred to third party investors by issuance of tradable route, except that such portfolios of receivables are
debt securities. assigned directly to the purchaser and are not represented
The Bank undertakes securitization transactions from time by pass-through certificates.
to time. The Bank has a comprehensive policy, approved The RBI issued guidelines on securitization of standard
by the Board, for the securitization business. The policy assets vide its circular dated February 1, 2006 under
clearly defines the various adherences required to be reference no. DBOD No.BP.BC.60/21.04.048/2005-06.
followed when selling down assets. The activities at the Pursuant to these guidelines, the Bank amortizes any
time of sell down includes, inter-alia, pool selection as profit/premium arising on account of sale of receivables
per stated criteria, pool rating, due diligence audits, legal over the life of the securities sold out while any loss arising
evaluation, etc. Similarly, when the Bank is investing in on account of sale of receivables is recognized in the
securitization instruments it examines the profile and track Profit and Loss Account for the period in which the sale
record of the originator, the type and nature of underlying occurs. Prior to the issuance of the said guidelines (i.e. in
receivables, pool characteristics, rating assigned, listing respect of sell-off transactions undertaken until January
availability, credit enhancement available, etc and 31, 2006), any gain or loss from the sale of receivables was
compares these with the standards set out in the policy. recognised in the period in which the sale occurred.

c) Names of External Credit Agencies used for securitisation f) Aggregate amount of Securitization exposures retained
transactions: or purchased as on March 31, 2009 :
z Credit Rating Information Services of India Limited( (Rs. lacs)
CRISIL)
Particulars Amount
z ICRA Limited (ICRA)
1. Retained
z Fitch India
Mixed Asset* 23,56
z Credit Analysis and Research Limited (CARE)
2. Purchased (excluding loan assignments)
Currently, the securitisation exposures for which these
ratings are used cover: Auto loan 145,52
Commercial vehicle loan 55,25
a. Securitised Debt Instruments / Pass through
Certificates (PTCs). Hire Purchase Receivables 18,82
b. Second Loss Credit Enhancement Facility. Housing loan 873,87
c. Liquidity Facility. Personal loan 81,90
d) i) Total outstanding principal securitized by exposure Two wheeler loan 27,06
type as on March 31, 2009: 3. Credit & Liquidity enhancement/facility** 716,40
(Rs. lacs)
4. Other Commitments -
Exposure Type* Amount
Total 1,942,39
Auto loan 557,63
* comprises auto loans, commercial vehicle loans and two
Commercial vehicle loan 173,72 wheeler loans.
Two Wheeler loan 1,18
** includes third party liquidity facility outstanding.
Loan against property 385,10
Housing loan 967,20 g) (i) Risk weight wise securitization exposures retained or
purchased:
Loan against rent receivables 45,99
Total 2,130,82 (Rs. lacs)
*Amounts are in respect of exposures which the Bank Risk Weight bands Amount
has originally sourced and continues to service. Less than 100% 1,275,14
ii) Deals done during the year: 100% 259,84
(Rs. lacs) More than 100% -
Exposure Where the Bank Where the Bank Total 1,534,98
Type* has retained does not have
interests retained interests (ii) Securitization exposures deducted from capital by
exposure type:
Auto loan - 391,34
(Rs. lacs)
Commercial
vehicle loan - 168,75 Exposure Type Exposure Credit Other
Loan against deducted enhancing exposures
property - 387,98 entirely I/Os deducted
from tier I deducted from
Housing loan - 967,20
capital from total total
Loan against capital capital capital
rent
receivables - 46,27 Commercial
Total - 1,961,55 vehicle loan - - 44
*Amounts are in respect of exposures which the Bank Housing loan - - 164,43
has originally sourced and continues to service. Mixed assets* - - 242,53
e) (i) The amount of impaired/past due assets securitised
Total - - 407,40
is Rs 84,07 lacs.
(ii) There are no losses during the year on account of * includes auto, commercial vehicle, two wheeler loans,
write offs/provisions/write down of I/Os strips and loan against property, housing loan and loan against
other residual interests. rent receivables

h) i) Total number and book value of loan assets securitised in a hierarchical manner within the Treasury. The
– by type of underlying assets: Treasury limits are a function of budgeted revenues for
each desk. The Treasury limits are reviewed and finalized
(Rs. lacs) (except no. of loans securitised)
by the Market Risk Unit. The Treasury Mid-Office, as an
Particulars 2008-09 2008-09 2007-08 2007-08 independent unit, monitors and reports these limits as
Underlying Total Total Total Total per laid down procedures regularly.
assets Book Number Book Number
securitized value of of assets value of of assets Structure and Organization:
during the year securitised securitised securitised securitised The market risk process includes the following key
Auto loan 391,34 239,16 - - participants.
Commercial Treasury Desks such as Foreign Exchange, Money
vehicle loan 374,20 166,01 290,06 52,44 Market, Interest Rate Trading, Equities. These are the
Construction basic levels of day to day management of their
Equipment loan 48,41 5,32 - - portfolios and market risk.
Loan Against The Investment Committee and Management
Property 387,98 21,14 - - Committee oversees the investments in equities and
Housing loan 967,20 42,27 - - equity linked investments.
Loan against The Market Risk Unit, part of the Credit and Market
Rent Receivables 46,27 10 - - Risk Group, plays its role in the market risk limit
Total 2,215,40 474,00 290,06 52,44 approval process, lays down risk assessment and
monitoring methods, and periodically evaluates the
(ii) Sale Consideration and gain / loss on sale of portfolio in the deliberations of the various
securitization: committees as well as bilaterally with Treasury
(Rs. lacs) Group.
Particulars 2008-09 2007-08 The Treasury Mid-Office has the role of the day to
day monitoring and reporting of market risk
Sale consideration received 2,209,28 291,39 controls, valuations etc. It reports limit
Profit/(loss) on sell off* (6,12) 1,25 transgressions, if any to the Senior Management.
* Pursuant to RBI guidelines dated February 1, 2006 The Risk Monitoring Committee of the Board, inter-
under reference no. DBOD.No.BP.BC. 60/ 21.04.048/2005- alia, monitors the Bank’s credit and market risk
06, the Bank amortises any profit/premium arising on policies and procedures, approves and reviews
account of sale of receivables over the life of the dealing authorities/limits for the Bank’s treasury
securities sold out while any loss arising on account operations and reviews the Bank’s risk monitoring
of sale of receivables is recognised in the profit and systems and risk control procedures.
loss account for the period in which the sale occurs. Risk reporting and Measurement Systems:
ii) Summary of form and quantum of services provided: Limits are control measures which seek to reduce risk
within or across the Desks. The objective of a limit is
(Rs. lacs) to ensure that the negative earnings impact of price
Particulars 2008-09 2007-08 risks are within the risk taking appetite of the Desks
Outstanding credit & liquidity and of the Bank.
enhancement / facility* 716,40 527,70 The nature of limits could typically include position limits,
- Funded 56,48 136,50 gap limits, tenor and duration limits, PVBP (Present Value
of a Basis Point) limits, stop loss limits, VaR (Value-At-Risk)
- Non Funded 659,92 391,21
limits. These limits are appropriately selected for the
Outstanding servicing liability 1,91 1,04 relevant portfolios.
* includes third party liquidity facility outstanding. Limits are monitored using various information
technology software packages, including STP (straight
8. Market Risk in Trading Book
through processing) software systems.
a) Market risk management policy
Policies for hedging and/or mitigating risk:
Strategy and Processes:
The derivative book is classified into trading and banking
The Bank has a market risk management process, which book. When the Bank deals in derivatives on its own
consists of, risk identification, limits setting and risk account (trading activity) principally for the purpose of
monitoring. The process ensures that the risks assumed generating a profit from short term fluctuations in price
by Treasury Desks are within the stipulated risk appetite or yields, the same is classified as trading book. The trading
of the Bank. This risk appetite is handed down as limits book is managed within the trading limits approved by

the Risk Monitoring Committee of the Board. All other Strategies:

derivative transactions are classified as a part of the
The Bank’s Operational Risk Management strategies and
banking book.
policies are developed under the guidance of Board of
For derivative contracts designated as hedge, the Bank Directors as well as oversight and review by Risk Monitoring
documents at the inception of the relationship between Committee (RMC) and Audit and Compliance Committee. Key
the hedging instrument and the hedged item, the risk aspects towards effective operational risk management
management objective for undertaking the hedge and include identification, assessment, review, control and
the methods used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. reporting of key operational risks.
The assessment is done on an on-going basis to test if
the derivative is still effective in offsetting the changes Process and Measurement:
on the fair value of the hedged item. Some of the key principles ingrained in the Bank’s Business
The banking book includes transactions concluded for operations towards effective Operational Risk Management
the purpose of providing customer structures which are include segregation of functions, strong management team
covered with inter-bank counter parties on a back-to- with vast experience in diverse fields, well defined processes,
back basis. These transactions are classified under banking process manuals and job cards, transactions verification and
–non hedge book. The banking book also consists of authorization, distributed processing and staff training .
transactions to hedge balance sheet assets or liabilities. The Bank is in the process of implementing various principles
The hedge may be against a single asset or liability or and guidelines laid out in regards to Operational Risk
against a portfolio of asset or liability in specific tenor Management by Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
buckets. The tenor of derivative hedges may be less than vide Basel II guidelines and by Reserve Bank of India vide
or equal to tenor of underlying asset or liability. These their Guidance Note on Operational Risk. The Bank has a
derivative transactions are classified as banking –hedge robust process of reporting operational losses and issues
book. If the underlying asset or liability is not marked to relating to operational risk, wherein the relevant areas are
market, then the hedge is also not marked to market. quickly reviewed and any gaps suitably addressed. This is
The Bank enters into derivative deals with counter parties further being enhanced with the implementation efforts of
based on their, financial strength and understanding of Basel II framework that has integrated capabilities to monitor
derivative products and its risks. In this regard the Bank losses, evaluate operational key risk indicators and
has a Customer Suitability and Appropriateness Policy in qualitatively evaluate risk-control environments among other
place. sound principles and practices.
The Bank sets up appropriate limits having regard to the The bank has robust information technology with disaster
ability of the counterparty to honour its obligations in recovery capability for critical components apart from having
the event of crystallization of the exposure. Appropriate an integrated Business Continuity Planning (BCP) initiative
credit covenants are stipulated where required as trigger for all business operations of the bank. A BCP committee
events to call for collaterals or terminate a transaction oversees strategy and implementation of disaster and
and contain the risk. business continuity framework of the Bank. The Bank has
The Bank, at the minimum, conforms to the Reserve Bank Information Security Committee which oversees strategy and
of India guidelines with regard to provisioning implementation of information security policies and
requirements. On a conservative basis, the Bank may make procedures for the entire bank.
incremental provisions based on its assessment of Risk Reporting:
impairment of the credit. The bank maintains capital
charge for market risk under the standardized approach. As a part of Bank’s overall Operational Risk Management
strategy, there is a clear line of reporting at every function
b) Capital requirements: which facilitates reporting and monitoring of operational
(Rs. lacs) risk events. Further, measurement and reporting is also
achieved through various Management Information Systems
Category Capital charge attached with each operational process which are generated
- Interest rate risk 521,23 and monitored regularly.
- Equity position risk 14,50 Hedging/mitigating:
- Foreign Exchange risk 27,00
The Bank manages its various operational risks by ways of
Total 562,73 adopting best practices in business processes through checks
9. Operational risk and balances, embedding monitoring and control
mechanisms as part of day-to-day operations and having an
Operational risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from effective internal audit process. Various risk mitigants and
inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems hedges are monitored regularly and reviewed periodically
or from external events. by the Bank to ensure effective implementation. Control and

mitigation guidelines are part of various product, process Quantification of Interest Rate Risk:
operation manual and documents of the Bank. The Bank
As required under Pillar III norms, the increase / decline in
covers risk on account of natural disaster through appropriate
earnings and economic value for an upward / downward
insurance.
rate shock of 200 basis points as on 31st March 2009, broken
Operational risk capital: down by currency is as follows:
Currently the Bank is following the ‘Basic Indicator Approach’ z Earnings Perspective
for operational risk capital assessment as mandated by RBI.
(Rs. lacs)
10. Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)
Currency Impact on Net Interest Income
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) refers to the (by applying interest rate shock
potential adverse financial impact on the Bank’s Banking Book of 200 basis points )
from changes in interest rates. The Banking Book comprises
If interest rate If interest rate
of Assets and Liabilities which are contracted on account of
were to go down were to go up
relationship or for steady income and statutory obligations
by 200 basis points by 200 basis points
and are generally held till maturity.
The Bank carries various assets, liabilities and off-balance INR (271,02) 271,02
sheet items across markets, maturities, and benchmarks USD (99,47) 99,47
exposing it to risks from changing interest rates. The Asset
Liability Management Committee (ALCO) is responsible for Others 6,89 (6,89)
evolving appropriate systems and procedures for
Total (363,60) 363,60
identification and analysis of balance sheet risks and laying
down parameters for efficient management of these risks
z Economic Value Perspective (Impact on Market Value
through the Asset Liability Management Policy of the bank.
of Equity):
ALCO periodically monitors and controls the strategic position
and the interest rate risk positions arising during the normal (Rs. lacs)
course of business and ensures adherence to compliance of
internal limits. Currency Impact on Net Interest Income
Measurement of Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book: (by applying interest rate shock
of 200 basis points )
In measuring Interest Rate Risk, risk arising from maturity
and re-pricing mismatches are measured both from an If interest rate If interest rate
earnings and economic value perspective. The bank uses the were to go down were to go up
following techniques for the quantification of IRRBB: by 200 basis points by 200 basis points
Interest Rate Sensitivity using Gap Method: Gap or INR (397,02) 397,02
mismatch risk is monitored by calculating gaps for interest
USD (138,16) 138,16
rate sensitive assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
positions in time buckets. Others (30,84) 30,84
Earnings at Risk using Gap: Based on the gap report, Total (566,02) 566,02
Earnings at Risk approximates the impact of an interest
rate /re-pricing shock for a given change in interest rate
on the net interest income (difference between total
interest income and total interest expense) over a one
year horizon.
Impact on Economic Value of equity: As against the
earnings approach, risk is monitored based on the present
value of the bank’s expected cash flows. A modified
duration approach is used to ascertain the impact on
interest rate sensitive assets, liabilities and off-balance
sheet positions for a given change in interest rates.
Stress Testing: The Bank undertakes periodic stress testing
for its banking book based on various scenarios. This
provides a measure to assess the bank’s financial
withstanding from extreme but plausible interest rate
fluctuations.

AUDITORS’ REPORT ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
To The Board of Directors, HDFC Bank Limited been prepared by the Bank’s management in accordance
We have examined the attached Consolidated Balance Sheet with the requirements of Accounting Standard (AS) 21,
of HDFC Bank Limited (“the Bank”) and its subsidiaries and Consolidated Financial Statements and Accounting Standard
associates (the Bank and its subsidiaries and associates (AS) 23, Accounting for Investments in Associates in
constitute “the Group”) as at 31 March 2009 and also the Consolidated Financial Statements issued by the Institute of
Consolidated Profit and Loss Account and the Consolidated Chartered Accountants of India;
Cash Flow Statement for the year ended on that date
Based on our audit and on consideration of the report of
annexed thereto. These consolidated financial statements other auditor on separate financial statements and on the
are the responsibility of the Bank’s management and have consideration of the unaudited financial statements of the
been prepared by the management on the basis of separate associates and on the other financial information of the
financial statements and other financial information components, and to the best of our information and
regarding components. Our responsibility is to express an according to the explanation given to us, we are of the
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. opinion that the attached consolidated financial statements
give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing principles generally accepted in India;
standards generally accepted in India. Those standards
(i) In the case of the consolidated balance sheet,
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
of the state of affairs of the group as at
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 31 March 2009;
are free of material misstatements. An audit includes
(ii) In the case of the consolidated profit and loss
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts
account, of the profits of the group for the year
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also
ended on that date; and
includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by the management, as well as (iii) In the case of the consolidated cash flow
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We statement, of the cash flows of the group for the
year ended on that date.
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion. For Haribhakti & Co.
We did not audit the financial statements of one of the
subsidiaries, whose financial statements reflect total assets
of Rs. 2,059,921 Thousands as at 31 March 2009, total Manoj Daga
revenue of Rs. 1,246,642 Thousands and net cash inflows Partner
amounting to Rs. 391,753 Thousands for the year then M. No. 048523
ended. These financial statements and other financial
Mumbai
information have been audited by other auditors whose
23 April 2009
report has been furnished to us, and our opinion is based
solely on the report of the other auditor.
We have also relied on the unaudited financial statements

of certain associates provided by the management and
included in the consolidated financial statements. These
unaudited financial statements reflect the Group’s share of
net profit of Rs. 32,136 Thousands for the year then ended.
We report that the Consolidated financial statements have

Consolidated Balance Sheet
Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
Schedule 31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
Capital 1 4,253,841 3,544,329
Equity Share Warrants 4,009,158 -
Reserves and Surplus 2 142,627,425 111,807,227
Minority Interest 2A 433,515 369,276
Employees’ Stock Options (Grants) Outstanding 54,870 -
Deposits 3 1,426,447,974 1,006,313,721
Borrowings 4 27,758,374 45,949,235
Other Liabilities and Provisions 5 228,442,417 163,947,139
Total 1,834,027,574 1,331,930,927
ASSETS
Cash and Balances with Reserve Bank of India 6 135,272,177 125,531,766
Balances with Banks and Money at Call and Short notice 7 40,099,367 22,748,031
Investments 8 587,151,459 492,880,109
Advances 9 990,273,728 634,268,934
Fixed Assets 10 17,322,790 11,962,477
Other Assets 11 63,908,053 44,539,610
Total 1,834,027,574 1,331,930,927
Contingent Liabilities 12 4,060,273,600 5,931,123,364
Bills for Collection 85,522,390 69,207,148
Principal Accounting Policies and Notes forming integral part

of the consolidated financial statements 17 & 18

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account
Rs. in '000
Schedule Year Ended Year Ended
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
I. INCOME
Interest earned 13 163,140,223 101,170,427
Other income 14 34,365,224 23,757,479
Total 197,505,447 124,927,906
II. EXPENDITURE
Interest expended 15 89,033,700 48,873,747
Operating expenses 16 56,492,748 38,263,282
Provisions and contingencies [includes provision for
income tax and fringe benefit tax of Rs. 1,065,92 lacs
(previous year: Rs. 701,97 lacs)] 29,457,697 21,868,620
Total 174,984,145 109,005,649
III. PROFIT
Net Profit for the year 22,521,302 15,922,257
Less: Minority Interest 63,541 67,028
Add: Share in profits of Associates 32,136 95,600
Consolidated profit for the year attributable to the Group 22,489,897 15,950,829
Balance of profit brought forward 26,086,785 19,613,590
Total 48,576,682 35,564,419
IV. APPROPRIATIONS
Transfer to Statutory Reserve 5,612,349 3,975,483
Proposed dividend 4,255,071 3,012,680
Tax (including cess) on dividend 723,450 512,005
Dividend (including tax/cess thereon) pertaining to previous
year paid during the year 5,900 621
Transfer to General Reserve 2,244,939 1,590,193
Transfer to Capital Reserve 938,660 -
Transfer to/from Investment Reserve Account (138,550) 385,000
Balance carried over to Balance Sheet 34,934,863 26,088,437
Total 48,576,682 35,564,419
V. EARNINGS PER EQUITY SHARE (Face value Rs. 10/- per share) Rs. Rs.
Basic 52.95 46.37
Diluted 52.69 45.74
Principal Accounting Policies and Notes forming integral
part of the consolidated financial statements 17 & 18

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Rs. in ‘000
Particulars 2008-2009 2007-2008
Cash flows from operating activities
Net profit before income tax 33,149,134 22,970,512
Adjustments for :
Depreciation 3,696,183 2,801,344
(Profit)/Loss on Revaluation of Investments 279,856 (777,664)
Amortisation of premia on investments 4,442,222 2,883,812
Loan Loss provisions 16,058,038 10,263,715
Floating provisions 50,000 -
Provision against standard assets 1,204,814 1,896,602
Provision for wealth tax 6,132 4,538
Contingency provision 1,529,476 2,684,082
(Profit) on sale of fixed assets (41,465) (7,126)
60,374,390 42,719,815
Adjustments for :
(Increase) in Investments (29,575,553) (189,200,090)
(Increase) in Advances (213,865,139) (175,084,849)
Increase / (Decrease) in Borrowings (28,041,226) 17,795,341
Increase in Deposits 202,041,537 323,671,021
(Increase) / Decrease in Other assets 922,518 (4,064,189)
Increase in Other liabilities and provisions 4,765,254 20,455,843
(3,378,219) 36,292,892
Direct taxes paid (net of refunds) (14,097,385) (8,788,156)
Net cash flow from operating activities (17,475,604) 27,504,736
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets (6,895,369) (6,383,165)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets 116,507 97,735
Net cash used in investing activities (6,778,862) (6,285,430)

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Rs. in ‘000
Particulars 2008-2009 2007-2008
Cash flows from financing activities
Effect of consolidation of new subsidiary on cash and cash equivalents - (40,176)
Increase in Minority Interest 64,239 83,076
Money received on exercise of stock options by employees 878,060 1,060,051
Proceeds from ADR issue net of underwriting commission - 23,938,600
Proceeds from preferential allotment of equity shares - 13,901,000
Proceeds from issue of Convertible Warrants 4,009,158 -
Proceeds from issue of Upper and Lower Tier II capital instruments 28,750,000 -
Redemption of subordinated debt (460,000) -
Dividend provided last year paid during the year (3,018,580) (2,236,321)
Tax on Dividend (512,005) (380,000)
Net cash generated from financing activities 29,710,872 36,326,230
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 5,456,406 57,545,536
Cash and cash equivalents on amalgamation 21,635,341 -
Cash and cash equivalents as at April 1st 148,279,797 90,734,261
Cash and cash equivalents as at March 31st 175,371,544 148,279,797

Schedules to the Consolidated Accounts
Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 1 - CAPITAL
Authorised Capital
55,00,00,000 (31 March 2008 : 55,00,00,000) Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each 5,500,000 5,500,000
Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up Capital
42,53,84,109 (31 March, 2008 : 35,44,32,920) Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each 4,253,841 3,544,329
Total 4,253,841 3,544,329
SCHEDULE 2 - RESERVES AND SURPLUS
I. Statutory Reserve
Opening Balance 15,193,539 11,218,056
Total 22,987,291 15,193,539
II. General Reserve
Opening Balance 5,115,584 4,160,838
Total 7,360,523 5,115,584
III. Balance in Profit and Loss Account 34,934,863 26,088,437
Total 34,934,863 26,086,736
IV. Share Premium Account
Opening Balance 64,794,740 26,245,426
Total 65,437,981 64,794,740
V. Amalgamation Reserve
Additions during the year 10,490,346 -
Total 10,635,564 145,218
VI. Capital Reserve
Additions during the year 938,660 -
Total 956,510 17,850
VII. Investment Reserve Account
Additions during the year 17,092 417,800
Total 276,250 414,800

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
VIII. Foreign Currency Translation Account

Opening Balance - -
Additions during the year (317) -
Total (317) -
IX. Capital Reserve on Consolidation (net of goodwill, if any) 38,760 38,760
Total 142,627,425 111,807,227
*Represents transition adjustment on account of first time adoption
of Accounting Standard 15 (Revised) on “Employee benefits” issued by
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
SCHEDULE 2 A - MINORITY INTEREST
Minority Interest at the date on which parent subsidiary relationship came into existence 276,029 276,029
Subsequent increase/(decrease) 157,486 93,247
Total 433,515 369,276
SCHEDULE 3 - DEPOSITS
A. I. Demand Deposits
(i) From Banks 7,592,207 8,447,086
(ii) From Others 276,241,949 278,854,152
Total 283,834,156 287,301,238
II Savings Bank Deposits 349,147,360 261,539,430
III Term Deposits
(i) From Banks 16,305,286 15,195,861
(ii) From Others 777,161,172 442,277,192
Total 793,466,458 457,473,053
Total 1,426,447,974 1,006,313,721
B. I. Deposits of Branches in India 1,426,002,816 1,006,313,721
II. Deposits of Branches Outside India 445,158 -
Total 1,426,447,974 1,006,313,721
SCHEDULE 4 - BORROWINGS
I. Borrowings in India
(i) Reserve Bank of India - -
(ii) Other Banks 7,456,193 8,867,811
(iii) Other Institutions and agencies 627,784 2,195
Total 8,083,977 8,870,006
II. Borrowings outside India 19,674,397 37,079,229
Total 27,758,374 45,949,235
Secured borrowings included in I & II above : Rs. 90,00 lacs (previous year : Rs. 22 lacs)

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 5 - OTHER LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS

I. Bills Payable 29,224,076 31,572,080
II. Interest Accrued 33,229,362 16,745,049
III. Others (including provisions) 88,629,571 74,278,551
IV. Upper and Lower Tier II capital and Innovative Perpetual Debt* 64,778,000 32,491,000
V. Contingent Provisions against standard assets 7,602,887 5,335,774
VI. Proposed Dividend (including tax on dividend) 4,978,521 3,524,685
Total 228,442,417 163,947,139
*Issued during the year : Upper Tier II Debt : Rs. 1,575,00 lacs (previous year : Nil )
and Lower Tier II Debt : Rs. 1,300,00 lacs (previous year : Nil)
SCHEDULE 6 - CASH AND BALANCES WITH RESERVE BANK OF INDIA

I. Cash in hand (including foreign currency notes) 15,861,933 9,400,877
II. Balances with Reserve Bank of India
(b) In other accounts 1,000,000 1,000,000
Total 135,272,177 125,531,766
SCHEDULE 7 - BALANCES WITH BANKS AND MONEY AT CALL AND SHORT NOTICE
I. In India
(i) Balances with Banks :
(b) In other deposit accounts 6,915,615 7,562,598
Total 9,355,818 10,445,510
(ii) Money at call and short notice :
(a) With banks - -
(b) With other institutions 12,422,500 -
Total 12,422,500 -
Total 21,778,318 10,445,510
II. Outside India
(i) In current accounts 5,298,405 1,736,740
(ii) In other deposit accounts 1,014,400 37,312
(iii) Money at call and short notice 12,008,244 10,528,469
Total 18,321,049 12,302,521
Total 40,099,367 22,748,031

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 8 - INVESTMENTS
A. Investments in India in
(i) Government securities 521,565,829 316,655,822
(ii) Other approved securities 12,500 5,799
(iii) Shares* 538,413 483,561
(iv) Debentures and Bonds 19,428,414 62,517,190
(v) Joint Venture* 385,883 43,626
(vi) Units, Certificate of Deposits and Others 45,218,242 113,171,933
Total 587,149,281 492,877,931
*Includes goodwill net of capital reserves, on account of investment in associates,

amounting to Rs. 16,86 lacs (Previous year : Rs. 1,42 lacs).
B. Investments outside India 2,178 2,178
Total 587,151,459 492,880,109
C. Investments
(i) Gross Value of Investments
(a) In India 587,703,377 492,952,454
Total 587,705,555 492,954,632
(ii) Provision for Depreciation
(a) In India 554,096 74,523
(b) Outside India - -
Total 554,096 74,523
(iii) Net Value of Investments
(a) In India 587,149,281 492,877,931
Total 587,151,459 492,880,109
SCHEDULE 9 - ADVANCES
A (i) Bills purchased and discounted 48,553,378 16,373,800
(ii) Cash Credits, Overdrafts and Loans repayable on demand 215,972,035 154,376,855
(iii) Term loans 725,748,315 463,518,279
Total 990,273,728 634,268,934

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
B (i) Secured by tangible assets* 735,300,707 426,629,170

(ii) Covered by Bank/Government Guarantees 24,956,098 17,524,826
(iii) Unsecured 230,016,923 190,114,938
Total 990,273,728 634,268,934
* Including advances against Book Debts
C. I Advances in India
(i) Priority Sector 297,815,970 174,262,927
(ii) Public Sector 30,831,056 4,772,000
(iii) Banks 3,666,663 87,500
(iv) Others 649,626,235 455,146,507
Total 981,939,924 634,268,934
II. Advances Outside India
(i) Due from Banks - -
(ii) Due from Others
a) Bills Purchased and discounted 469,480 -
b) Syndicated Loans - -
c) Others 7,864,324 -
Total 8,333,804 -
Advances are net of provisions Total 990,273,728 634,268,934
SCHEDULE 10 - FIXED ASSETS
A. Premises (including Land)
Gross Block
Total 7,160,665 5,243,809
Depreciation
Charge for the year 318,536 162,749
On deductions during the year (7,251) (708)
Total 1,482,660 815,063
Net Block 5,678,005 4,428,746

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
B. Other Fixed Assets (including furniture and fixtures)
Gross Block
Total 28,422,510 18,693,493
Depreciation
As at 31st March of the preceding year 11,159,762 8,630,293
Charge for the year 3,368,342 2,638,595
On deductions during the year (645,136) (109,126)
Total 16,855,947 11,159,762
Net Block 11,566,563 7,533,731
C. Assets on Lease (Plant and Machinery)
Gross Block
At cost on 31st March of the preceding year 438,277 438,277
Additions during the year - -
Deductions during the year - -
Total 4,613,605 438,277
Depreciation
Charge for the year 9,305 -
On deductions during the year - -
Total 4,092,927 117,412

Rs. in ‘000
As at As at
31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
Lease Adjustment Account
Charge for the year - -
On deductions during the year - -
Total 442,456 320,865
Unamortised cost of assets on lease 78,222 -
Total 17,322,790 11,962,477
SCHEDULE 11 - OTHER ASSETS
I. Interest accrued 14,183,726 11,911,134
II. Advance tax (net of provision) 9,056,552 4,051,621
III. Stationery and stamps 310,936 282,286
IV. Non banking assets acquired in satisfaction of claims 5,934 -
V. Bond and share application money pending allotment - 34,280
VI. Security deposit for commercial and residential property 3,917,750 1,985,564
VII. Other assets * 36,433,155 26,274,725
Total 63,908,053 44,539,610
*Inlcudes deferred tax asset (net) of Rs. 861,92 lacs (previous year : Rs. 381,52 lacs)
SCHEDULE 12 - CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
I. Claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts - Taxation 5,703,080 2,335,604
II. Claims against the Group not acknowledged as debts - Others 481,405 121,928
III. Liability on account of outstanding forward exchange contracts 2,338,927,663 1,929,955,520
IV. Liability on account of outstanding derivative contracts 1,533,722,300 3,744,418,300
V. Guarantees given on behalf of constituents - in India 76,353,601 56,621,614
VI. Acceptances, endorsements and other obligations 93,873,829 101,721,365
VII. Other items for which the Group is contingently liable 11,211,722 95,949,033
Total 4,060,273,600 5,931,123,364

Rs. in ‘000
Year Ended Year Ended

31-Mar-09 31-Mar-08
SCHEDULE 13 - INTEREST EARNED
I. Interest/discount on advances/bills 121,124,916 69,666,603
II. Income from investments 40,088,676 28,706,670
III. Interest on balance with RBI and other inter-bank funds 1,881,817 2,761,143
IV. Others 44,814 36,011
Total 163,140,223 101,170,427
SCHEDULE 14 - OTHER INCOME
I. Commission, exchange and brokerage 26,035,102 18,298,797
II. Profit on sale of investments 4,106,888 1,518,311
III. Profit / (loss) on revaluation of investments (279,856) 777,664
IV. Profit on sale of building and other assets (net) 41,465 7,126
V. Profit on exchange transactions 5,986,077 2,831,292
VI. Miscellaneous income / (loss) (1,524,452) 324,289
Total 34,365,224 23,757,479
SCHEDULE 15 - INTEREST EXPENDED
I. Interest on Deposits 80,069,391 43,818,758
II. Interest on RBI/Inter - bank borrowings 5,569,147 2,424,268
III. Other interest* 3,395,162 2,630,721
*Principally includes interest on subordinated debt. Total 89,033,700 48,873,747
SCHEDULE 16 - OPERATING EXPENSES
I. Payments to and provisions for employees 23,013,761 13,384,294
II. Rent, taxes and lighting 5,165,824 2,622,715
III. Printing and stationery 1,682,065 1,321,462
IV. Advertisement and publicity 1,118,992 1,179,316
V. Depreciation on property 3,696,183 2,801,344
VI. Directors’ fees, allowances and expenses 4,414 4,175
VII Auditors’ fees and expenses 14,472 8,810
VIII. Law charges 193,062 104,994
IX. Postage, telegram, telephone etc. 3,431,001 3,568,642
X. Repairs and maintenance 3,096,635 1,870,061
XI. Insurance 1,388,669 902,617
XII. Other Expenditure* 13,687,670 10,494,852
Total 56,492,748 38,263,282
* Includes marketing expenses, professional fees, travel and hotel charges,
entertainment, registrar and transfer agency fees and system management fees.

SCHEDULE 17 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED MARCH 31, 2009
A. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of HDFC Bank Ltd. (the Bank), its subsidiaries
and associates, which together constitute the 'Group'.
The Bank consolidates its subsidiaries in accordance with AS - 21, Consolidated Financial Statements, issued by the Institute
of Chartered Accountants of India on a line-by-line basis by adding together the like items of assets, liabilities,
income and expenditure. Capital reserve on consolidation represents the difference between the Bank’s share in the net
worth of the subsidiary and the cost of acquisition at the time of making the investment in the subsidiary. Further,
the Bank accounts for investments in associates in accordance with AS - 23, Accounting for Investments in Associates in
Consolidated Financial Statements, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, by the equity method of
accounting.
B. BASIS OF PREPARATION
The financial statements have been prepared and presented under the historical cost convention and accrual basis of
accounting, unless otherwise stated and comply with generally accepted accounting principles, statutory requirements
prescribed under the Banking Regulation Act 1949, circulars and guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’)
from time to time, Accounting Standards (‘AS’) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’) and notified
by the Companies Accounting Standard Rules, 2006 to the extent applicable and current practices prevailing within the
banking industry in India. Suitable adjustments are made to align with the format prescribed under the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949.
The preparation of financial statements requires the management to make estimates and assumptions considered in the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as of the date of the financial statements and
the reported income and expense for the reporting period. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation
of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Future results could differ from these estimates. Any revision in
the accounting estimates is recognized prospectively in the current and future period.
The Bank had bought a stake of 29.5% in HDFC Securities Ltd. during the financial year ended March 31, 2001. During
the financial year ended March 31, 2006 the Bank bought a further stake of 25.5% from HDFC Ltd., thereby obtaining a
controlling interest of 55% in HDFC Securities Ltd. During the year ended March 31, 2008, the Bank increased its stake-
holding in HDFC Securities Ltd. to 59%. The Bank paid a price of Rs. 62.50 per share for acquiring these add-on shares.
This has resulted in goodwill on account of the acquisition of the add-on stake amounting to Rs. 59 lacs, which has
been netted off from capital reserves on consolidation.
During the year ended March 31, 2008, the Bank invested in 10 crore equity shares of HDB Financial Services Limited of
Rs. 10 each at par aggregating to Rs. 100 crores. This has resulted in goodwill of Rs. 3,43 lacs, which has been netted off,
from capital reserves on consolidation. HDB Financial Services Limited is a non - banking financial company and a subsidiary
of the Bank. As at March 31, 2009, the stake - holding of the Bank in the company was 95.3%.
The consolidated financial statements present the accounts of HDFC Bank Ltd. with its following subsidiaries and associates:
Country of Ownership
Name Relation
Incorporation Interest
HDFC Securities Ltd.* Subsidiary India 59.00%
HDB Financial Services Ltd.* Subsidiary India 95.30%
Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Pvt. Ltd.* Associate India 29.00%
SolutionNET India Pvt. Ltd.* Associate India 19.00%
Softcell Technologies Ltd.** Associate India 12.00%
International Asset Reconstruction Company Pvt. Ltd.** Associate India 29.41%
Centillion Solutions and Services Pvt. Ltd.* Associate India 29.90%
Kairoleaf Analytics Pvt. Ltd.** Associate India 14.60%
HBL Global Pvt. Ltd. Associate India Nil
*The audited financial statements of HDFC Securities Ltd. and HDB Financial Services Ltd. and the un-audited financial
statements of Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Pvt. Ltd., SolutionNet India Pvt. Ltd. and Centillion Solutions and
Services Private Ltd. have been drawn up to the same reporting date as that of the Bank, i.e. March 31, 2009.

** The un-audited financial statements of the other associates have been drawn for the period ended February 28, 2009.
Kairloeaf Analytics Private Ltd ceased to be an associate with effect from March 30, 2009, on account of reduction in
ownership interest from 29.00% to 14.60%.
C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
1. Investments
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Classification
In accordance with the Reserve Bank of India guidelines, Investments are classified at the date of purchase into “Held for
Trading” (HFT), “Available for Sale” (AFS) and “Held to Maturity” (HTM) categories (hereinafter called “categories”).
Subsequent shifting amongst the categories is done in accordance with the RBI guidelines. Under each of these categories,
investments are further classified under six groups (hereinafter called “groups”) - Government Securities, Other Approved
Securities, Shares, Debentures and Bonds, Investments in Subsidiaries/Joint ventures and Other Investments.
Basis of Classification :
Investments that are held principally for resale within 90 days from the date of purchase are classified under “Held for
Trading” category.
Investments which the Bank intends to hold till maturity, are classified as HTM securities. Investments in the equity of
subsidiaries are categorized as “Held to Maturity” in accordance with RBI guidelines.
Investments which are not classified in the above categories, are classified under “Available for Sale” category.
Acquisition Cost :
In determining acquisition cost of an investment:
- Brokerage, Commission, etc. paid at the time of acquisition, are charged to revenue.
- Broken period interest on debt instruments is treated as a revenue item.
- Cost of investments is based on the weighted average cost method.
Disposal of Investments :
Profit/Loss on sale of investments under the aforesaid three categories are taken to the Profit and Loss Account. The
profit from sale of investment under Held to Maturity category, net of taxes and transfers to statutory reserve is
appropriated to "Capital Reserve".
Valuation :
Investments classified under Available for Sale category and Held for Trading category are marked to market as per the
RBI guidelines. Net depreciation, if any, in any of the six groups, is charged to the Profit and Loss Account. The net
appreciation, if any, in any of the six groups is not recognised except to the extent of depreciation already provided. The
book value of individual securities is not changed after the valuation of investments.
Investments classified under Held for Maturity category are carried at their acquisition cost and not marked to market.
Any premium on acquisition is amortized over the remaining maturity period of the security on a constant yield to
maturity basis. Such amortization of premium is adjusted against interest income under the head “Income from investments”
as per RBI guidelines.
Non - performing investments are identified and depreciation/provision is made thereon based on the RBI guidelines.
The depreciation/provision is not set off against the appreciation in respect of other performing securities. Interest on
non-performing investments is transferred to an interest suspense account and not recognised in the Profit or Loss
Account until received.
Repo and Reverse Repo Transactions :
In a repo transaction, the bank borrows monies against pledge of securities. The book value of the securities pledged is
credited to the investment account. Borrowing costs on repo transactions are accounted for as interest expense. In respect
of repo transactions outstanding at the Balance Sheet date, the difference between the sale price and book value, if the
former is lower than the latter, is provided as a loss in the income statement.

In a reverse repo transaction, the bank lends monies against incoming pledge of securities. The securities purchased are
debited to the investment account at the market price on the date of the transaction. Revenues thereon are accounted
as interest income.
In respect of repo transactions under Liquidity Adjustment Facility with RBI (LAF), monies borrowed from RBI are credited
to investment account and reversed on maturity of the transaction. Costs thereon are accounted for as interest expense.
In respect of reverse repo transactions under LAF, monies paid to RBI are debited to investment account and reversed on
maturity of the transaction. Revenues thereon are accounted as interest income.
All investments of long-term nature are valued at cost. Provision is made to recognise a diminution, other than temporary,
in the value of Long-Term investments. Current investments are valued at cost or market value, whichever is lower.
HDB Financial Services Ltd.
Investments which are long term in nature are stated at cost. Provisions are made only in case of permanent diminution
in the value of Investment. Current investments are valued at lower of cost and Net Realisable Value.
2. Advances
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Advances are classified as performing and non-performing based on the Reserve Bank of India guidelines and are stated
net of bills rediscounted, specific provisions, floating provisions, interest in suspense for non-performing advances and
claims received from Export Credit Guarantee Corporation. Interest on non-performing advances is transferred to an interest
suspense account and not recognised in the Profit and Loss Account until received.
Specific loan loss provisions in respect of non-performing advances (NPAs) are made based on management’s assessment
of the degree of impairment of wholesale and retail advances, subject to the minimum provisioning level prescribed in
the RBI guidelines. The specific provision levels for retail non-performing assets are also based on the nature of product
and delinquency levels.
The Bank maintains general provision for standard assets including credit exposures computed as per the current marked
to market value of interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts and gold at levels stipulated by RBI from time
to time. Provision for standard assets is included under Other Liabilities. Provisions made in excess of these regulatory
levels or provisions which are not made with respect to specific non-performing assets are categorised as floating provisions.
Floating provisions are netted off from Advances (as on March 31, 2009, these were hitherto included under Other Liabilities).
Creation of further floating provisions are considered by the Bank up to a level approved by the Board of Directors of
the Bank. Floating provisions are not reversed by credit to Profit and Loss Account and can be used only for contingencies
under extraordinary circumstances for making specific provisions in impaired accounts after obtaining Board approval
and with prior permission of RBI.
The Bank considers a restructured account as one where the Bank, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s
financial difficulty, grants to the borrower concessions that the Bank would not otherwise consider. Restructuring would
normally involve modification of terms of the advance/securities, which would generally include, among others, alteration
of repayment period/repayable amount/the amount of installments/rate of interest (due to reasons other than competitive
reasons). Restructured accounts are reported as such by the Bank only upon approval and implementation of the
restructuring package. Necessary provision for diminution in the fair value of a restructured account is made. Restructuring
is done at a borrower level.
In addition to the provisions required according to the asset classification status, provisioning is done for individual
country exposures (other than for home country exposure). Countries are categorised into risk categories as per Export
Credit Guarantee Corporation of India Ltd. (ECGC) guidelines and provisioning is done in respect of that country where
the net funded exposure is one percent or more of the Bank’s total assets.
Advances are classified as performing and non-performing based on the Reserve Bank of India guidelines. Interest on
non-performing advances is transferred to an interest in suspense account and not recognized in the Profit and Loss
Account until received. Advances are net of provision on debts and interest in suspense.
3. Securitisation Transactions
HDFC Bank Ltd.
The Bank securitises out its receivables to Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) in securitisation transactions. Such securitised
out receivables are de-recognised in the Balance Sheet when they are sold (true sale criteria being fully met with) and

consideration has been received by the Bank. Sales/transfers that do not meet these criteria for surrender of control are
accounted for as secured borrowings.
In respect of receivable pools securitised-out, the Bank provides liquidity and credit enhancements, as specified by the
rating agencies, in the form of cash collaterals/guarantees and/or by subordination of cash flows etc., to senior Pass
Through Certificates (PTCs).
The Bank also enters into securitisation transactions through the direct assignment route, which are similar to asset
backed securitisation transactions through the SPV route, except that such portfolios of receivables are assigned directly
to the purchaser and are not represented by pass-through certificates.
The RBI issued guidelines on securitization of standard assets vide its circular dated February 1, 2006 under reference no.
DBOD No.BP.BC.60/21.04.048/2005-06. Pursuant to these guidelines, the Bank amortizes any profit/premium arising on account
of sale of receivables over the life of the securities sold out while any loss arising on account of sale of receivables is
recognized in the Profit and Loss Account for the period in which the sale occurs. Prior to the issuance of the said
guidelines (i.e. in respect of sell-off transactions undertaken until January 31, 2006), any gain or loss from the sale of
receivables was recognised in the period in which the sale occurred.
In accordance with RBI guidelines on sale of non performing advances if the sale is at a price below the net book value
(i.e. book value less provisions held), the shortfall is debited to the Profit and Loss Account. If the sale is for a value
higher than the net book value, the excess provision is not reversed but is utilised to meet the shortfall/loss on account
of sale of other non performing advances.
4. Fixed Assets and Depreciation
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation as adjusted for impairment, if any. Cost includes cost of
purchase and all expenditure like site preparation, installation costs and professional fees incurred on the asset before it
is ready to use. Subsequent expenditure incurred on assets put to use is capitalized only when it increases the future
benefit/functioning capability from/of such assets.
Depreciation is charged over the estimated useful life of the fixed asset on a straight-line basis. The rates of depreciation
for certain key fixed assets, which are not lower than the rates prescribed in Schedule XIV of the Companies Act, 1956
are given below:
• Owned Premises at 1.63% per annum
• Improvements to lease hold premises are charged off over the remaining primary period of lease.
• VSATs at 10% per annum
• ATMs at 10% per annum
• Office equipment at 16.21% per annum
• Computers at 33.33% per annum
• Motor cars at 25% per annum
• Software and System development expenditure at 20% per annum
• Point of sale terminals at 20% per annum
• Assets at residences of executives of the Bank at 25% per annum
• Items (excluding staff assets) costing less than Rs. 5,000/- are fully depreciated in the year of purchase
• All other assets are depreciated as per the rates specified in Schedule XIV of the Companies Act, 1956.
For assets purchased and sold during the year, depreciation is provided on pro rata basis by the Bank.
The bank undertakes assessment of the useful life of an asset at periodic intervals taking into account changes in
environment, changes in technology, the utility and efficacy of the asset in use etc. Whenever there is a revision of the
estimated useful life of an asset, the unamortised depreciable amount will be charged over the revised remaining useful
life of the said asset.

Fixed assets are capitalised at cost. Cost includes cost of purchase and all expenditure like site preparation, installation
costs, and professional fees incurred for construction of the assets, etc. Subsequent expenditure incurred on assets put
to use is capitalised only where it increases the future benefit/functioning capability from/of such assets.
Costs incurred for the development/customisation of the Company’s website, Front-office system software and Back office
system software are capitalised.
Depreciation is charged over the estimated useful life of the fixed asset on a straight-line basis as under :
• Leasehold improvements over the primary period of lease.
• Computer Hardware – Personal Computers 3 years
• Computer Hardware – Others 4 years
• Computer Software 5 years
• Office equipments 6 years
• Furniture and Fixture 15 years
• Website Cost 5 years
• Motor cars 4 years
• Bombay Stock Exchange Card 10 years
Fixed assets costing less than Rs. 5,000 are fully depreciated in the year of purchase.
Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes cost of purchase and all expenditure like site
preparation, installation costs and professional fees incurred on the asset before it is ready to use. Subsequent expenditure
incurred on assets put to use is capitalized only when it increases the future benefit/functioning capability from/of such
assets.
Depreciation is charged over the estimated useful life of the fixed asset on a straight-line basis. The rates of depreciation
for certain key fixed assets used in arriving at the charge for the year are :
• Improvements to lease hold premises are charged off over the primary period of lease.
• Office equipment at 16.21% per annum
• Computers at 16.21% per annum
• Software and System development expenditure at 20.00% per annum
• Items costing less than Rs 5,000/- are fully depreciated in the year of purchase
• All other assets are depreciated as per the rates specified in Schedule XIV of the Companies Act, 1956.
For assets purchased and sold during the year, depreciation is being provided on pro rata basis by the Company.
5. Impairment of Assets
Group
The Group assesses at each Balance Sheet date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Impairment
loss, if any, is provided in the Profit and Loss Account to the extent the carrying amount of assets exceeds their estimated
recoverable amount.
6. Transactions involving Foreign Exchange
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Foreign currency income and expenditure items of domestic operations are translated at the exchange rates prevailing
on the date of the transaction, and income and expenditure items of integral foreign operations (representative offices)
and non-integral foreign operations (foreign branch) are translated at the monthly average closing rates.
Foreign currency monetary items of domestic and integral foreign operations are translated at the closing exchange
rates notified by Foreign Exchange Dealers’ Association of India (FEDAI) at the Balance Sheet date and the resulting net
profit or loss is included in the Profit and Loss Account.

Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts outstanding as at the balance sheet date and held for trading, are revalued
at the closing spot and forward rates respectively notified by FEDAI and at interpolated rates for contracts of interim
maturities. The resulting profit or loss is included in the Profit and Loss Account.
Foreign exchange forward contracts, which are not intended for trading and are outstanding at the Balance Sheet date,
are effectively valued at the closing spot rate. The premia or discount arising at the inception of such a forward exchange
contract is amortized as expense or income over the life of the contract.
Contingent Liabilities for guarantees, letters of credit, acceptances and endorsements are reported at closing rates of
exchange notified by FEDAI at the Balance Sheet date.
Both monetary and non-monetary foreign currency assets and liabilities of non integral foreign operations are translated
at closing exchange rates notified by FEDAI at the Balance Sheet date and the resulting profit/losses from exchange
differences are accumulated in the foreign currency translation account until the disposal of the net investment in the
non-integral foreign operations.
7. Lease accounting
Group
Lease payments for assets taken on operating lease are recognized in the Profit and Loss Account over the lease term in
accordance with the AS 19, Leases, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
8. Employee Benefits
HDFC Bank Ltd.
The Employees Stock Option Scheme (“the Scheme “) provides for the grant of equity shares of the Bank to its employees.
The Scheme provides that employees are granted an option to acquire equity shares of the Bank that vests in a graded
manner. The options may be exercised within a specified period. The Bank follows the intrinsic value method to account
for its stock-based employees compensation plans. Compensation cost is measured by the excess, if any, of the fair
market price of the underlying stock over the exercise price on the grant date as determined under the option plan.
Fringe Benefit Tax (“FBT”) on employee stock options crystallises on the date of exercise of stock options by employees
and is computed based on the difference between its fair market value on date of vesting and its exercise price. FBT is
recovered from employees as per the Scheme and consequently there is no impact on profit and loss of the Bank.
Gratuity
The Bank provides for gratuity to all employees. The benefit is in the form of lumpsum payments to vested employees
on resignation, retirement, death while in employment or on termination of employment of an amount equivalent to 15
days basic salary payable for each completed year of service. Vesting occurs upon completion of five years of service.
The Bank makes annual contributions to funds administered by trustees and managed by insurance companies for
amounts notified by the said insurance companies and in respect of erstwhile Lord Krishna Bank (eLKB) employees, the
Bank makes annual contribution to a fund set up by eLKB and administered by the board of trustees. The defined
gratuity benefit plans are valued by an independent actuary as at the Balance Sheet date using the projected unit credit
method to determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related service costs. Under this method,
the determination is based on actuarial calculations, which include assumptions about demographics, early retirement,
salary increases and interest rates. Actuarial gain or loss is recognized in the Profit and Loss Account.
Superannuation
Employees of the Bank, above a prescribed grade, are entitled to receive retirement benefits under the Bank’s
superannuation fund. The Bank annually contributes a sum equivalent to 13% of the employee’s eligible annual basic
salary (15% for the Managing Director) to insurance companies, which administer the fund. The Bank has no liability for
future superannuation fund benefits other than its annual contribution, and recognizes such contributions as an expense
in the year incurred, as such contribution is in the nature of defined contribution.
Provident Fund
In accordance with law, all employees of the Bank are entitled to receive benefits under the provident fund. The Bank
contributes an amount, on a monthly basis, at a determined rate (currently 12% of employee’s basic salary). Of this, the
Bank contributes an amount of 8.33 % of employee’s basic salary upto a maximum salary level of Rs 6500/- per month to
the Pension Scheme administered by the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner (RPFC) and the Bank has no liability for
future provident fund benefits other than its annual contribution. The balance amount is contributed to a fund set up

by the Bank and administered by a board of trustees. In respect of eLKB employees, the Bank contributes to a fund set
up by eLKB and administered by the board of trustees. The Bank recognizes such contributions as an expense in the
year incurred. Interest payable to the members of the trust shall not be lower than the statutory rate of interest declared
by the Central Government under the Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952 and shortfall, if
any, shall be made good by the Bank. The guidance note on implementing AS 15 (revised 2005) Employee Benefits states
that benefits involving employer established provident funds, which requires interest shortfalls to be provided, are to be
considered as defined benefit plans. Pending the issuance of the guidance note from the Actuary Society of India, the
Bank’s actuary has expressed an inability to reliably measure provident fund liabilities. Accordingly the Bank is unable to
ascertain the related information.
The Bahrain Branch makes contributions to the relevant government scheme calculated as a percentage of the employees’
salaries. The Bahrain Branch’s obligations are limited to these contributions, which are expensed when due, as such
contribution is in nature of defined contribution.
Leave Encashment/Compensated Absences
The Bank does not have a policy of encashing unavailed leave for its employees, except for eCBoP employees whose
leave accredited till March 31, 2009 subject to a maximum of 42 days can be encashed. The Bank provides for leave
encashment/compensated absences based on an independent actuarial valuation at the Balance Sheet date, which includes
assumptions about demographics, early retirement, salary increases and interest rates.
Pension
In respect of pension payable to certain eLKB employees, which is a defined benefit scheme, the Bank contributes 10%
of basic salary to a pension fund set up by the Bank and administered by the board of trustees and balance amount is
provided based on actuarial valuation at the Balance Sheet date conducted by an independent actuary. In respect of
employees who have moved to a cost to company (CTC) driven compensation and have completed services up to 15
years as on October 31, 2007, contribution made till October 31, 2007 and additional one-time contribution made for
employees (who have completed more than 10 years but less than 15 years) stands frozen and will be converted into
annuity after a lock-in-period of two years. Hence for this category of employees, liability stands frozen and no additional
provision would be required except for interest if any, which is not ascertainable. In respect of the employees who
accepted the offer and have completed services for more than 15 years, pension would be paid based on salary as of
October 31, 2007 and provision is made based on actuarial valuation at the Balance Sheet date conducted by an
independent actuary.
Provident Fund
The Company’s Contribution to Recognised Provident Fund (maintained and managed by the Office of Regional Provident
Fund Commissioner) paid/payable during the year is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
Gratuity Fund
The Company makes annual contributions to funds administered by trustees and managed by insurance companies for
amounts notified by the said insurance companies. The Company accounts for the net present value of its obligations
for gratuity benefits based on an independent external actuarial valuation determined on the basis of the projected unit
credit method carried out annually. Actuarial gains and losses are immediately recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
The Company has scheme of compensated absences for employees. The liability for which is determined on the basis of
an actuarial valuation as at the end of the year in accordance with AS-15.
Other Employee Benefits
Other benefits are determined on an undiscounted basis and recognised based on the likely entitlement thereof on
accrual basis.
The Employees Stock Option Scheme (“the scheme“) provides for the grant of equity shares of the Company to its
employees. The Scheme provides that employees are granted an option to acquire equity shares of the Company that
vests in a graded manner. The options may be exercised within a specified period.

Gratuity
The Company provides for gratuity to all employees. The benefit is in the form of lumpsum payments to vested employees
on resignation, retirement, on death while in employment or on termination of employment of an amount equivalent to
15 days basic salary payable for each completed year of service. Vesting occurs upon completion of five years of service.
The Company makes annual contributions to funds administered by trustees and managed by insurance companies for
amounts notified by the said insurance companies. The Company accounts for the liability for future gratuity benefits
based on an independent external actuarial valuation carried out annually as at the Balance Sheet date.
Provident Fund
In accordance with law, all employees of the Company are entitled to receive benefits under the provident fund. The
Company contributes an amount, on a monthly basis, at a determined rate (currently 12% of employee’s basic salary). Of
this, the Company contributes an amount (employee’s basic salary upto a maximum level of Rs 6,500 per month) to the
Pension Scheme administered by the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner (RPFC) and the Company has no liability for
future provident fund benefits other than its annual contribution.
The Company does not have a policy of encashing unavailed leave for its employees. The Company provides for
compensated absences in accordance with AS 15 (revised 2005), Employee Benefits. The provision is based on an
independent external actuarial valuation at the Balance Sheet date.
9. Revenue Recognition
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Interest income is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account on an accrual basis, except in the case of non-performing
assets where it is recognized upon realization as per RBI norms.
Income on non coupon bearing discounted instruments and instruments which carry a premia on redemption is recognised
over the tenor of the instrument on a constant yield basis.
Dividend on equity shares, preference shares and on mutual fund units is recognised as income when the right to receive
the dividend is established.
Interest income is net of commission paid to sales agents (net of non volume based subvented income from dealers,
agents and manufacturers) – (hereafter called “net commission”) for originating fixed tenor retail loans.
Net commission paid to sales agents for originating retail loans is expensed in the year in which it is incurred.
Fees and commission income is recognised when due, except for guarantee commission and annual fees for credit cards
which are recognised on a straight line basis over the period of service.
Income from brokerage activities is recognised as income on the trade date of the transaction. Brokerage is stated net of
rebate.
Income from other services is recognised on completion of services.
Interest income is recognized in the profit or loss account on an accrual basis. Income including interest/discount or any
other charges on Non-Performing Assets (NPA) is recognized only when it is realized. Any such income recognized before
the asset became non-performing and remaining unrealized is reversed.
Fee based income and other financial charges are recognized on an accrual basis.
Interest on borrowings is recognized in Profit and Loss Account on an accrual basis.
10. Deferred Revenue Expenses and Preliminary Expenses
Expenses incurred in connection with Company incorporation are classified as Preliminary Expenses and are charged off
in the year in which it is incurred. Share issue expenses are also grouped under this head.
11. Credit Cards Reward Points
HDFC Bank Ltd.
The Bank estimates the probable redemption of credit card reward points and cost per point using an actuarial method
by employing an independent actuary. Provision for the said reward points is then made based on the actuarial valuation
report as furnished by the said independent actuary.

12. Income Tax
Group
Income tax comprises the current tax provision, the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability in the year and
fringe benefit tax. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for the future tax consequences of timing differences
between the carrying values of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss carry forwards.
Deferred tax assets are recognised subject to Management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantially enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the
years in which the timing differences are expected to be received, settled or reversed. The effect on deferred tax assets
and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognised in the income statement in the period of substantial enactment of
the change.
13 Derivative Contracts
HDFC Bank Ltd.
The Bank recognizes all derivative contracts at the fair value at the date on which the derivative contracts are entered
into and are re-measured at fair value as at the Balance Sheet or reporting dates. Derivatives are classified as assets
when the net fair value is positive (Positive marked to market) and as liabilities when the net fair value is negative
(Negative marked to market). Changes in the fair value of derivatives other than those designated as hedges are included
in the Profit and Loss Account.
Derivative contracts designated as hedge are not marked to market unless their underlying is marked to market. In respect
of derivative contracts that are marked to market, changes in the market value are recognized in the Profit and Loss
Account in the period of change. Gains or losses arising from hedge ineffectiveness, if any, are recognised in the Profit
and Loss Account.
14 Earnings Per Share
Group
The Group reports basic and diluted earnings per equity share in accordance with AS 20, Earnings Per Share issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Basic earnings per equity share has been computed by dividing net
profit for the year by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per
share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue equity shares were exercised
or converted during the year. Diluted earnings per equity share has been computed using the weighted average number
of equity shares and dilutive potential equity shares outstanding during the period except where the results are anti
dilutive.
15 Segment Information – Basis of Preparation
Group
The classification of exposures to the respective segments conforms to the guidelines issued by RBI vide DBOD.No.BP.BC.81/
21.01.018/2006-07 dated April 18, 2007. Business Segments have been identified and reported taking into account, the
target customer profile, the nature of products and services, the differing risks and returns, the organization structure,
the internal business reporting system and the guidelines prescribed by RBI. The Group operates in the following segments:
(a) Treasury
The treasury segment primarily consists of net interest earnings on investments portfolio of the bank and gains
or losses on investment operations.
(b) Retail Banking
The retail banking segment serves retail customers through a branch network and other delivery channels. This
segment raises deposits from customers and makes loans and provides other services to such customers. Exposures
are classified under retail banking taking into account the status of the borrower (orientation criterion), the nature
of product, anularity of the exposure and the quantum thereof.
Revenues of the retail banking segment are derived from interest earned on retail loans, net of commission (net
of subvention received) paid to sales agents, and interest earned from other segments for surplus funds placed
with those segments, fees from services rendered, foreign exchange earnings on retail products etc. Expenses of
this segment primarily comprise interest expense on deposits, infrastructure and premises expenses for operating
the branch network and other delivery channels, personnel costs, other direct overheads and allocated expenses.

(c) Wholesale Banking
The wholesale banking segment provides loans, non-fund facilities and transaction services to large corporate,
emerging corporate, supply chain and institutional customers. Revenues of the wholesale banking segment consist
of interest earned on loans made to customers, interest earned on the cash float arising from transaction services,
fees from such transaction services, earnings from trade services and other non-fund facilities and also earnings
from foreign exchange and derivatives transactions on behalf of customers. The principal expenses of the segment
consist of interest expense on funds borrowed from external sources and other internal segments, premises
expenses, personnel costs, other direct overheads and allocated expenses.
(d) Other Banking Business
This segment includes income from para banking activities such as credit cards, debit cards, third party product
distribution, and primary dealership business and the associated costs. This segment also includes Bank’s subsidiaries
viz. HDFC Securities Ltd. and HDB Financial Services Ltd.
(e) Unallocated
All items which cannot be allocated to any of the above are classified under this segment. This includes capital
and reserves, debt classifying as Tier I or Tier II capital and other unallocable assets and liabilities.
Segment revenue includes earnings from external customers plus earnings from funds transferred to other segments.
Segment result includes revenue less interest expense less operating expense and provisions, if any, for that
segment. Segment-wise income and expenses include certain allocations. Interest income is charged by a segment
that provides funding to another segment, based on yields benchmarked to an internally approved yield curve or
at a certain agreed transfer price rate. Transaction charges are levied by the retail-banking segment to the wholesale
banking segment for the use by its customers of the retail banking segment’s branch network or other delivery
channels; such transaction costs are determined on a cost plus basis. Segment capital employed represents the
net assets in that segment.
16 Geographic Segments
Since the Group does not have material earnings emanating outside India, the Group is considered to operate in only
the domestic segment.
17 Accounting for Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
Group
In accordance with AS-29, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India, the Group recognises provisions when it has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and when
a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.
Provisions are determined based on management estimate required to settle the obligation at the Balance Sheet date,
supplemented by experience of similar transactions. These are reviewed at each Balance Sheet date and adjusted to
reflect the current management estimates. In cases where the available information indicates that the loss on the
contingency is reasonably possible but the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, a disclosure is made in the
financial statements.
Contingent Assets, if any, are not recognised in the financial statements since this may result in the recognition of income
that may never be realized.
18 Bullion
HDFC Bank Ltd.
The Bank imports bullion including precious metal bars on a consignment basis for selling to its wholesale and retail
customers. The imports are typically on a back-to-back basis and are priced to the customer based on an estimated price
quoted by the supplier. The Bank earns a fee on such wholesale bullion transactions. The fee is classified under commission
income.
The Bank sells bullion to its retail customers. The difference between the sale price to customers and actual price quoted
by supplier is also reflected under commission income.
The Bank also borrows and lends gold, which is treated as borrowing/lending as the case may be with the interest paid/
received classified as interest expense/income.

SCHEDULE 18 - NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2009.
1. Key Events
Merger with Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited
The Scheme of Amalgamation (‘the Scheme’) of Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited (‘CBoP’ or ‘eCBoP’) with HDFC Bank Ltd.
(‘HDFC Bank’ or ‘the Bank’) under section 44 A (4) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 which was approved by the
shareholders of both the banks on March 27, 2008 was sanctioned by the RBI vide their order DBOD No. PSBD. 16197/
16.01.131/2007-08 dated May 20, 2008, and is effective from May 23, 2008. The appointed date of the merger was April 1,
2008. Both the entities were banking companies incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and licensed by the RBI
under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.
As per the Scheme, upon its coming into effect from the appointed date i.e. April 1, 2008, the entire undertaking of CBoP
including all its assets and liabilities stood transferred/deemed to be transferred to and vest in HDFC Bank. As per the
Scheme, in consideration of the transfer of and vesting of the undertaking of CBoP, one equity share of HDFC Bank of
the face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid-up was issued to members of the eCBoP for every twenty nine equity shares of
the face value of Re. 1/- each of CBoP held by them on the record date i.e. June 16, 2008. Accordingly 6,98,83,956 equity
shares of Rs. 10/- each of HDFC Bank were allotted at par to the shareholders of CBoP vide board resolution dated June
24, 2008. The excess of the value of net assets transferred over the paid up value of shares issued in consideration have
been adjusted in Amalgamation Reserve as per the Scheme of Amalgamation.
The amalgamation has been accounted using the pooling of interest method. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of
CBoP that vested in HDFC Bank as on April 1, 2008 were accounted at the values at which they were appearing in the
books of CBoP as on March 31, 2008 and provisions arising out of harmonization of accounting policies and estimates,
as approved by the Board of Directors of HDFC Bank and as prescribed in the Scheme, were made for the difference
between the net value appearing in the books of CBoP and the value as determined by HDFC Bank. Also the Bank
provided for merger related expenses on a best estimate basis. Such adjustments, as per the Scheme, were made by the
Bank against the reserves arising on amalgamation.
After accounting the assets, liabilities and reserves of CBoP and after effecting the above adjustments, a surplus of
Rs. 1,049,03 lacs arose, which was credited to Amalgamation Reserve in accordance with the Scheme.
(Rs. lacs)
Particulars Amount Amount
Net Assets of eCBoP as on the reporting date of merger* 2,089,85
Less : 6,98,83,956 equity shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each (69,88)
Statutory Reserves taken over on amalgamation (218,15) (288,03)
Excess of net assets over the paid-up value of shares issued and Statutory Reserve 1,801,82
Less : Harmonization of accounting policies and estimates (690,62)
Less : Expenses related to merger (62,17)
Amalgamation Reserve 1,049,03
*Net assets taken over on April 1, 2008 adjusted for options allotted by eCBoP between April 1, 2008 till May 22, 2008.
As per AS 14, Accounting for Amalgamation, if the amalgamation is an “amalgamation in the nature of merger”, the
identity of reserves of the amalgamating entity is required to be preserved in the books of HDFC Bank. However the
balances in Profit and Loss Account (Rs. 246,49 lacs), Securities Premium Account (Rs. 1,354,60 lacs), Capital Reserve
(Rs. 65 lacs) and Investment Reserve Account (Rs. 7,02 lacs) have been credited to Amalgamation Reserve in accordance
with the scheme. As a result the balances in these accounts are lower by the aforesaid amounts.
2. Capital Infusion
Pursuant to the amalgamation of eCBoP with HDFC Bank Ltd. and post approval of the shareholders of the Bank at its
extraordinary general meeting held on March 27, 2008, the Bank issued 2,62,00,220 warrants to its promoter HDFC Ltd. on
a preferential basis on June 3, 2008. These warrants are convertible into equity shares of the Bank at a price of
Rs. 1,530.13 each (as determined under the SEBI (DIP) guidelines for preferential issues). In accordance with the terms of
the warrants, 10% of the aforesaid price of the equity shares is payable on allotment of the warrants. Accordingly, the
Bank received an amount of Rs. 400,92 lacs on June 3, 2008 on allotment of the warrants and the same is shown as
“Equity Share Warrants” in the Balance Sheet. HDFC Ltd. can exercise the option any time upto December 2, 2009.

3. Earnings Per Equity Share
Basic and Diluted earnings per equity share have been calculated based on the net profit after taxation of Rs. 2,248,99
lacs (previous year : Rs. 1,595,08 lacs) and the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year
amounting to 42,47,54,825 (previous year : 34,40,20,927).
Following is the reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per equity share :
(Rupees)
Particulars Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2008
Nominal value per share 10.00 10.00
Basic earnings per share 52.95 46.37
Effect of potential equity shares (per share) (0.26) (0.63)
Diluted earnings per share 52.69 45.74
Basic earnings per equity share have been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of equity
shares outstanding for the year. Diluted earnings per equity share have been computed using the weighted average
number of equity shares and dilutive potential equity shares outstanding during the year.
There is no impact of dilution on profits in the current year and previous year.
Following is the reconciliation of weighted average number of equity shares used in the computation of basic and
diluted earnings per share :
(Rupees)
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing basic
Effect of potential equity shares 21,06,683 47,97,548
Weighted average number of equity shares used in computing diluted
4. Reserves and Surplus

General Reserve
The Bank has made an appropriation of Rs. 224,49 lacs (previous year : Rs. 159,02 lacs) out of profits for the year ended
March 31, 2009 to General Reserve pursuant to Companies (Transfer of Profits to Reserves) Rules, 1975.
Investment Reserve Account
During the year, the Bank has transferred Rs. 13,86 lacs (net) from Investment Reserve Account to the Profit and Loss
Account. In the previous year, the Bank transferred Rs. 38,50 lacs (net) from Profit and Loss Account to Investment Reserve
Account.
5. Accounting for Employee Share Based Payments
HDFC Bank Limited
The shareholders of the Bank approved Plan “A” in January 2000, Plan “B” in June 2003, Plan “C” in June 2005 and Plan “D”
in June 2007. Under the terms of each of these Plans, the Bank may issue stock options to employees and directors of
the Bank, each of which is convertible into one equity share.
Plan A provides for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board (the
“Compensation Committee”) at an average of the daily closing prices on the Bombay Stock Exchange Ltd. during the
60 days preceding the date of grant of options.
Plans B, C and D provide for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee at the
closing price on the working day immediately preceding the date when options are granted. For Plan B the price is that
quoted on an Indian stock exchange with the highest trading volume during the preceding two weeks, while for Plan C
and Plan D the price is that quoted on an Indian stock exchange with the highest trading volume as of working day
preceding the date of grant.

Such options vest at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. These options are exercisable for a period following
vesting at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to a maximum of five years, as set forth at the time of
the grant. Modifications, if any, made to the terms and conditions of ESOPs as approved by the Compensation Committee
are disclosed separately.
The eCBoP had granted stock options to its employees prior to its amalgamation with the Bank. The options were granted
under the following Schemes framed in accordance with the SEBI (Employee Stock Option Scheme & Employee Stock
Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999 as amended from time to time:
1) Key ESOP - 2004
2) General ESOP - 2004
3) General ESOP - 2007
The outstanding options granted under each of the above Schemes and the grant prices were converted into equivalent
HDFC Bank options and prices in the swap ratio of 1 : 29 i.e 1 stock option of HDFC Bank for every 29 stock options
granted and outstanding of CBoP as on May 23, 2008, the effective date of the amalgamation, in accordance with Clause
9.9 of the Scheme of Amalgamation of CBoP with the Bank. The vesting dates for the said stock options granted in
various tranches were revised as per Clause 9.9 of the Scheme. All the aforesaid stock options are exercisable within a
period of 5 years from the date of vesting. Key Options were granted at an exercise price, which was less than the then
fair market price of the shares. General Options were granted at the fair market price. The fair market price was the latest
available closing price, prior to the date of the Board of Directors meeting in which options were granted or shares were
issued, on the stock exchange on which the shares of the Bank were listed. If the shares were listed on more than one
stock exchange, then the stock exchange where there was highest trading volume on the said date was considered.
The Bank has elected to use intrinsic value method to account for the compensation cost of stock options to employees
of the Bank. Intrinsic value is the amount by which the quoted market price of the underlying share exceeds the exercise
price of the option.
Weighted average
Particulars Options
Additions on amalgamation 35,51,978 894.20
Granted during the year 12,53,000 1,126.45
Options Exercisable 1,12,75,016 907.66
Weighted average
Particulars Options
Options Exercisable 3,288,900 740.34

Plan A Rs. 366.30 99,700 2.61 366.30
Plan B Rs. 358.60 to Rs. 1,098.70 3,408,400 3.67 959.11
Plan C Rs. 630.60 to Rs. 1,098.70 5,971,600 3.42 870.93
Plan D Rs. 1,098.70 to Rs. 1,126.45 7,154,100 3.92 1,103.56
Key- ESOP - 2004 Rs. 116.00 122,070 3.98 116.00
General ESOP - 2004 Rs. 442.25 to Rs. 859.85 1,156,263 4.50 611.80
General ESOP - 2007 Rs. 1,162.90 to Rs. 1,258.60 1,681,894 4.91 1,185.46
Plan A Rs. 366.30 123,100 3.57 366.30
Plan B Rs. 358.60 to Rs. 1098.70 3,752,900 2.86 951.05
Plan C Rs. 630.60 to Rs. 1098.70 6,995,300 2.28 847.56
Plan D Rs. 1098.70 6,066,500 2.74 1,098.70

The fair value of options used to compute pro forma net income and earnings per equity share have been estimated on
the dates of each grant using the binomial option - pricing model. The Bank estimated the volatility based on the
historical share prices. The various assumptions considered in the pricing model for the ESOPs granted during the
yearended March 31, 2009 are :
Dividend yield 0.8% 0.6%
Expected volatility 39.71% 25.20%
Risk - free interest rate 9.2% - 9.3% 7.7% - 7.9%
Expected life of the option 1 - 4 years 1 - 4 years
Details of modifications in terms and conditions of ESOPs

The Compensation Committee, at its meeting held on January 14, 2009, accorded its approval for extending the life of
some of the ESOPs under Plans B, C and D from two years from date of vesting to four years from date of vesting.
ESOPs thus modified have been fair valued as of January 14, 2009, being the modification date. The various assumptions
considered in the pricing model for the ESOPs modified during the year ended March 31, 2009 are :
Particulars Mar 31, 2009

Dividend yield 0.9%
Risk- free interest rate 4.5% - 5.2%
Expected life of the option 1 - 6 years
The incremental share based compensation determined under fair value based method amounts to Rs. 43,24 lacs.

Impact of fair value method on net profit and earnings per share
Had compensation cost for the Bank’s stock option plans outstanding been determined based on the fair valueapproach,
the Bank’s net profit and earnings per share would have been as per the pro forma amounts indicated below:
(Rs. lacs)

Add : Stock - based employee compensation expense included in net income - -
Less : Stock based compensation expense determined under
fair value based method (pro forma) 103,40 161,16
(Rs.) (Rs.)

The shareholders of the Company approved stock option schemes (viz. ESOS – 1 and ESOS – 2) in April 2008. Under the
terms of the schemes, the Company may issue stock options to employees and directors of the Company, each of which
is convertible into one equity share.
Schemes ESOS – 1 and ESOS – 2 provide for the issuance of options at the recommendation of the Compensation
Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) at a price of Rs. 10 per share, being the face value of the share.
Such options vest at a definitive date, save for specific incidents, prescribed in the scheme as framed/approved by the
Compensation Committee. Such options are exercisable for a period following vesting at the discretion of the
Compensation Committee, subject to a maximum of two years from the date of vesting.
The Company has elected to use intrinsic value to account for the compensation cost of stock options to employees of
the Company.
Activity in the options outstanding under the Employees Stock Options Plan as at March 31, 2009
Particulars Options Weighted average

Options outstanding, beginning of year - -
Exercised during the year - -
Forfeited/lapsed during the year - -
Options outstanding, end of year 2,65,000 10.00
Options Exercisable - -

ESOS – 1 Rs. 10.00 1,25,000 3.50 10.00
ESOS – 2 Rs. 10.00 1,40,000 4.01 10.00

The fair value of options used to compute pro forma net income and earnings per equity share have been estimated on
the dates of each grant using the Black-Scholes model. The shares of Company are not listed on any stock exchange.
Accordingly, the Company has considered the volatility of the Company’s stock price as zero, since historical volatility of
similar listed enterprise was not available. The various assumptions considered in the pricing model for the stock options
granted by the Company during the year ended March 31, 2009 are :

Dividend yield Nil
Expected volatility Nil
Risk- free interest rate 7.66% to 7.69%
Impact of fair value method on net profit and EPS
Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plans outstanding been determined based on the fair value
approach, the Company’s net profit and earnings per share would have been as per the pro forma amounts indicated
below :
(Rs. lacs)
Net Profit/(Loss) (as reported) (9,28)
Add : Stock-based employee compensation expense included in net income. -
Less : Stock based compensation expense determined under fair value based method (pro forma) (2)
Net Profit (pro forma) (9,30)
(Rs.)
Basic earnings per share (as reported) (0.88)
Basic earnings per share (pro forma) (0.89)
Diluted earnings per share (as reported) (0.88)
Diluted earnings per share (pro forma) (0.89)
Impact of fair value method on net profit and EPS of the Group
Had compensation cost for the stock option plans outstanding been determined based on the fair value approach, the
Group’s net profit and earnings per share would have been as per the pro forma amounts indicated below :
(Rs. lacs)

Add : Stock-based employee compensation expense included in net income. - -
Less : Stock based compensation expense determined under fair
value based method (pro forma) 103,42 161,16
(Rs.) (Rs.)

6. Dividend in respect of Shares to be Allotted on Exercise of Stock Options
Any allotment of shares after the Balance Sheet date but before the book closure date pursuant to the exercise of
options during the said period will be eligible for full dividend, if approved at the ensuing Annual General Meeting.
7. Upper and lower Tier II capital and innovative perpetual debt instruments.
Subordinated debt (Lower Tier II capital), Upper Tier II Capital and Innovative Perpetual Debt Instruments outstanding as
at March 31, 2009 are Rs. 3,459,70 lacs (previous year : Rs. 2,012,00 lacs), Rs. 2,818,10 lacs (previous year : Rs. 1,037,10 lacs)
and Rs. 200,00 lacs (previous year : Rs. 200,00 lacs) respectively. Of this, subordinated debt (Lower Tier II capital) and
Upper Tier II capital issued by eCBOP amounting to Rs. 247,70 lacs (net of redemption of Rs. 46,00 lacs during the year)
are outstanding as on March 31, 2009.
8. Investments
z Investments include securities aggregating Rs. 1,111,70 lacs (previous year : Rs. 203,86 lacs) which are kept as margin
for clearing of securities and Rs. 5,548,54 lacs (previous year : Rs. 6,080,39 lacs) which are kept as margin for Collateral
Borrowing and Lending Obligation (CBLO) with the Clearing Corporation of India Ltd.
z Investments include securities aggregating Rs. 570 lacs (previous year : Nil) which are kept as margin with National
Securities Clearing Corporation of India Ltd. (NSCCIL) and Rs. 4,75 lacs (previous year : Nil) which are kept as margin
with Multi Commodity Exchange of India Ltd. (MCX).
z Investments amounting to Rs. 16,035,13 lacs (previous year : Rs. 16,139,31 lacs) are kept as margin with the Reserve
Bank of India towards Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS).
z Other investments include certificate of deposits : Rs. 1,383,25 lacs (previous year : Rs. 1,563,81 lacs), commercial paper :
Rs. 94,60 lacs (previous year : Rs. 34,92 lacs), investments in debt mutual fund units : Nil (previous year : Rs. 9,232,89
lacs), investments in equity mutual fund units : Rs. 68 lacs (previous year : Rs. 100 lacs), security receipts issued by
Reconstruction Companies : Rs. 10,69 lacs (previous year : Nil), deposits with NABARD under the RIDF Deposit Scheme:
Rs. 2,527,11 lacs (previous year : Rs. 484,58 lacs), deposits with SIDBI and NHB under the Priority / Weaker Sector Lending
Schemes : Rs.505,49 lacs (previous year : Nil).
9. Other Fixed Assets (including Furniture and Fixtures)
It includes amount capitalized on software, website cost and Bombay Stock Exchange Card. Details regarding the same
are tabulated below :
(Rs. lacs)
Cost as at March 31 of the previous year 373,36 293,34
Additions during the year/on Amalgamation 183,81 80,02
Accumulated depreciation as at March 31 (307,03) (230,68)
Net value as at March 31 of the current year 250,14 142,68
10. Other Assets

Other assets include deferred tax asset (net) of Rs. 861,92 lacs (previous year: Rs. 381,52 lacs). The break up of the same is
as follows :
(Rs. lacs)
Deferred tax asset arising out of
Loan loss provisions 614,10 298,27
Employee Benefits 53,56 38,51
Others 283,22 120,99
Total 950,88 457,77
Deferred tax liability arising out of
Depreciation (88,96) (76,25)
Total (88,96) (76,25)
Deferred Tax Asset (net) 861,92 381,52

HDB Financial Services Ltd has deferred tax asset amounting to Rs. 50 lacs. The Company has not recognized such asset in its
books by virtue of not having reasonable certainty that there will be sufficient future taxable income against which such deferred
tax assets can be realised.
Other Assets includes deposits of Rs. 2,86 lacs (previous year : Rs. 22,61 lacs) maintained by HDFC Securities Ltd. with
the Stock Exchange.
11. Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
Given below are movements in provision for credit card reward points and a brief description of the nature of contingent
liabilities recognised by the Bank.
a) Movement in provision for credit card reward points
(Rs. lacs)
Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2008
Opening provision for reward points 34,98 16,13
Provision for reward points made during the year 17,31 14,96
Utilisation/Write back of provision for reward points (8,49) (3,36)
Effect of change in rate for accrual of reward points 1,44 3,05
Effect of change in cost of reward points (11,67) 4,20
Closing provision for reward points 33,57 34,98
b) Description of contingent liabilities
1. Claims against the Group not The Group is a party to various taxation matters in respect of
acknowledged as debts - taxation which appeals are pending. The Group expects the outcome
of the appeals to be favorable based on decisions on similar
issues in the previous years by the appellate authorities.
2. Claims against the Group not The Group is a party to various legal proceedings in the normal
acknowledged as debts - others course of business. The Group does not expect the outcome of
these proceedings to have a material adverse effect on the
Group’s financial conditions, results of operations or cash flows.
3. Liability on account of forward The Bank enters into foreign exchange contracts, currency
exchange and derivative contracts. options, forward rate agreements, currency swaps and interest
rate swaps with inter-bank participants on its own account and
for customers. Forward exchange contracts are commitments to
buy or sell foreign currency at a future date at the contracted
rate. Currency swaps are commitments to exchange cash flows
by way of interest/principal in one currency against another,
based on predetermined rates. Interest rate swaps are
commitments to exchange fixed and floating interest rate cash
flows. The notional amounts of financial instruments such as
foreign exchange contracts and derivatives provide a basis for
comparison with instruments recognised on the Balance Sheet
but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows
involved or the current fair value of the instruments and,
therefore, do not indicate the Bank’s exposure to credit or price
risks. The derivative instruments become favorable (assets) or
unfavorable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in market rates
or prices relative to their terms.

4. Guarantees given on behalf of As a part of its commercial banking activities the Bank issues
constituents, acceptances, documentary credit and guarantees on behalf of its customers.
endorsements and other obligations Documentary credits such as letters of credit enhance the credit
standing of the customers of the Bank. Guarantees generally
represent irrevocable assurances that the Bank will make
payments in the event of the customer failing to fulfill its
financial or performance obligations.
5. Other items for which the These include:

Group is contingently liable a) Credit enhancements in respect of securitized-out loans.
b) Bills rediscounted by the Bank.
c) Capital commitments.
d) Repo borrowings.
*Also refer Schedule 12 – Contingent liabilities
12. Commission, Exchange and Brokerage Income
Commission, Exchange and Brokerage Income is net of correspondent bank charges and brokerage paid on purchase
and sale of investments.
13. Employee Benefits
Gratuity (Rs. lacs)
Reconciliation of opening and closing balance of the

present value of the defined benefit obligation
Present value of obligation as at April 1 38,43 28,03
Interest cost 4,46 2,22
Current service cost 16,67 4,76
Actuarial (gain)/loss on obligation:
Experience adjustment 4,83 6,50
Assumption change (8,53) (1,15)
Present value of obligation as at March 31 73,19 38,42
Reconciliation of opening and closing balance

of the fair value of the plan assets
Fair value of plan assets as at April 1 22,55 15,89
Expected return on plan assets 3,18 1,58

Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2008
Contributions 16,25 8,08
Actuarial gain/(loss) on plan assets:
Experience adjustment (3,68) (1,03)
Assumption change 12 (4)
Amount recognised in Balance Sheet
Present value of obligation as at March 31 (73,19) (38,42)
Asset/(Liability) as at March 31 (27,52) (15,88)
Interest Cost 4,46 2,22
Current Service cost 16,67 4,76
Expected return on plan assets (3,18) (1,58)
Net Actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in the year (14) 6,42
Net Cost 17,80 11,82
Actual return on plan assets (37) 4,91
Estimated contribution for the next year 15,88 9,22
Assumption (HDFC Bank Limited)
Assumptions (HDFC Securities Limited)
Assumptions (HDB Financial Services Limited)
Expected return on plan assets 8.0% per annum -
Salary escalation rate
General 10.0% per annum 10.0% per annum
Others 10.0% per annum 2.0% per annum

Pension
Pension liability relates to employees of erstwhile Lord Krishna Bank which was merged with eCBoP, hence there are no
corresponding figures for the previous year.
(Rs. lacs)
Reconciliation of opening and closing balance of the
present value of the defined benefit obligation
Present value of obligation as at April 1 -
Interest cost 2,96
Current service cost 1,44
Assumption change 3,60
Present value of obligation as at March 31st 34,60
Fair value of plan assets as at April 1 -
Expected return on plan assets 2,03
Contributions 28,86
Assumption change (63)
Fair value of plan assets as at March 31st 36,90
Amount recognised in Balance Sheet
Present value of obligation as at March 31 (34,60)
Asset/(Liability) as at March 31 2,30
Interest Cost 2,96
Current Service cost 1,44
Expected return on plan assets (2,03)
Net Actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in the year (1,14)
Net Cost 1,23
Actual return on plan assets (1,29)
Estimated contribution for the next year 49
Assumptions
Discount rate 8.0% per annum
Expected return on plan assets 8.0% per annum
Salary escalation rates 7.5% per annum

Expected rate of return on investments is determined based on the assessment made by the Group at the beginning
ofthe year with regard to its existing portfolio. The Group’s investments have been made in insurance funds.
The Group does not have any unfunded defined benefit plan.
The Group contributed Rs. 85,78 lacs (previous year : Rs. 44,72 lacs) to the provident fund and Rs. 18,16 lacs (previous year
Rs. 12,88 lacs) to the superannuation plan respectively.
The actuarial liability of compensated absences of accumulated privileged and sick leaves of the employees of the Group
as of March 31, 2009 are given below : (Rs. lacs)

Privileged leave 103,24 97,81
Sick leave 24,81 15,70
Total actuarial liability 128,05 113,51
Assumption (HDFC Bank Limited)
Assumptions (HDFC Securities Limited)
Assumptions (HDB Financial Securities Limited)
Salary escalation rate
General staff 10.0% per annum 10.0% per annum
Others 2.0% per annum -
14. Segment Reporting

Summary of the operating segments of the Group is given below
(Rs. lacs)
1. Segment Revenue
a) Treasury 4,917,01 3,533,73
b) Retail Banking 14,880,83 9,096,49
e) Unallocated 3,41 (13,57)
Total 32,680,89 20,74,159
Less: Inter Segment Revenue 12,930,35 8,248,80
Income from Operations 19,750,54 12,492,79
2. Segment Results
a) Treasury 488,18 488,32
b) Retail Banking 1,268,92 540,15
e) Unallocated (335,72) (269,24)
Total Profit Before Tax, Minority Interest & Earnings from Associates 3,318,05 2,294,19

Income Tax expense (1,065,92) 701,97

Net Profit Before Minority Interest & Earnings from Associates 2,252,13 1,592,22
3. Capital Employed
Segment assets
a) Treasury 66,380,51 54,351,34
b) Retail Banking 58,073,00 42,487,36
e) Unallocated 8,864,63 4,945,17
Total Assets 183,402,75 133,193,09
Segment liabilities
a) Treasury 2,685,84 3,790,41
b) Retail Banking 92,400,30 61,524,33
d) Other Banking Operations 110,63 (1,76)
e) Unallocated 29,884,22 18,623,99
Total Liabilities 183,402,75 133,193,09
Net Segment assets/(liabilities)
a) Treasury 63,694,67 50,560,93
b) Retail Banking (34,327,30) (19,036,97)
c) Wholesale Banking (12,271,85) (21,099,15)
e) Unallocated (21,019,59) (13,678,82)
4. Capital Expenditure (including net CWIP)
a) Treasury 41,59 106,58
e) Unallocated - -
Total 689,54 638,36
5. Depreciation
a) Treasury 46,03 22,93
e) Unallocated - -
Total 369,62 280,13

15. Related Party Disclosures
As per AS - 18, Related Party Disclosure, issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, the Bank’s related
parties are disclosed below:
Promoter
Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd.
Enterprises under common control of the promoter
HDFC Asset Management Company Ltd.
HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Ltd.
HDFC Developers Ltd.
HDFC Holdings Ltd.
HDFC Investments Ltd.
HDFC Trustee Company Ltd.
GRUH Finance Ltd.
HDFC Realty Ltd.
HDFC Ergo General Insurance Company Ltd. (formerly HDFC Chubb General Insurance Company Ltd.)
HDFC Venture Capital Ltd.
HDFC Ventures Trustee Company Ltd.
HDFC Sales Pvt. Ltd. (formerly Home Loan Services India Pvt. Ltd.)
HDFC Property Ventures Ltd.
Associates
Computer Age Management Services Private Ltd. (ceased to be an associate from October 12, 2007)
SolutionNET India Pvt. Ltd.
Softcell Technologies Ltd.
Flexcel International Pvt. Ltd. (ceased to be an associate from March 31, 2008)
Atlas Documentary Facilitators Company Pvt. Ltd.
HBL Global Private Ltd.
Centillion Solutions and Services Pvt. Ltd.
Kairoleaf Analytics Pvt. Ltd. (ceased to be an associate from March 30, 2009)
International Asset Reconstruction Company Pvt. Ltd.
Key Management Personnel
Aditya Puri, Managing Director
Paresh Sukthankar, Director
Harish Engineer, Director
Related Party to Key Management Personnel
Salisbury Investments Pvt. Ltd.

Items/Related Party Promoter Enterprises under Associates Management Personnel Total
Common Personnel
Control of the Relatives of
Promoter Key Management
Deposits 710,73 117,96 43,07 6,27 1,36 879,39

Placement of Deposits 2 18 29,00 - 3,50 32,70
Purchase of fixed assets - - 15,89 - - 15,89
Rendering of Services 56,10 540,63 18,10 - - 614,83
Receiving of Services 1,03 23,44 497,14 - 54 522,15
Amount received on Equity
Share Warrants Issued 400,92 - - - - 400,92
Equity Investment - - 34,71 - - 34,71
Dividend paid 44,58 - - - - 44,58
equity investment - - 10 - - 10
Accounts Receivable 3,72 70,25 - - - 73,97
Accounts Payable - - 38,02 - - 38,02
Management Contracts - - - 7,30 - 7,30
Loans Purchased 4,245,21 - - - - 4,245,21
Assignment of Loans 1,961,55 - - - - 1,961,55
HDFC Bank being an authorised dealer, deals in foreign exchange and derivative transactions with certain parties which includes
the promoter and related group companies. The foreign exchange and derivative transactions are undertaken inline with the
RBI guidelines. The notional principal amount of foreign exchange and derivative contracts transacted with he promoter that
were outstanding as on March 31, 2009 is Rs. 4,632,97 lacs. The contingent credit exposure pertaining to these contracts computed
in line with the extent RBI guidelines on exposure norms is Rs. 361,31 lacs.
The Group’s related party balances and transactions for the year ended March 31, 2008 are summarized as follows :
Items/Related Party Promoter Enterprises under Associates Management Personnel Total
Common Personnel
Control of the Relatives of
Promoter Key Management
Deposits 82,31 132,41 30,79 3,91 1,09 250,51
Placement of Deposits 2 18 19,50 - 3,50 23,20
Advances - - 20 - - 20
Purchase of fixed assets - - 21,20 - - 21,20
Interest received - - 3 - - 3
Rendering of Services 52,01 260,83 - - - 312,84
Receiving of Services 1,06 14,25 360,51 - 54 376,36
Equity Investment - - 3,71 - - 3,71
Dividend paid 27,20 - - - - 27,20
Dividend received on equity
investment - - 1,38 - - 1,38
Accounts Receivable 1,83 10,03 - - - 11,86
Accounts Payable - - 25,90 - - 25,90
Management Contracts - - - 6,61 - 6,61

16. Leases
The details of maturity profile of future operating lease payments are given below :
(Rs. lacs)
Period Mar 31, 2009 Mar 31, 2008
Not later than one year 324,43 184,62

Later than one year and not later than five years 1,103,47 621,86
Later than five years 546,66 214,35
Total 1,974,56 1,020,83
The total of minimum lease payments recognized
in the Profit and Loss Account for the year 385,90 180,49
Operating leases primarily comprise office premises and staff residences, which are renewable at the option of the Group.
17. Changes in Accounting Estimates
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Useful Life of Assets
During the year ended March 31, 2009, the Bank changed the useful life of software, automated teller machines (ATM’s)
and certain other fixed assets prospectively from April 1, 2008. Where there is a revision of the estimated useful life of an
asset, the unamortised depreciable amount will be charged over the revised remaining useful life. This change in estimate
has resulted in the profit after tax for the year ended March 31, 2009 being higher by Rs. 31,71 lacs.
18. Small and Micro Industries
HDFC Bank Ltd.
Under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 which came into force from October 2, 2006,
certain disclosures are required to be made relating to Micro, Small and Medium enterprises. There have been no reported
cases of delays in payments to micro and small enterprises or of interest payments due to delays in such payments.
HDFC Securities Ltd
On the basis of the intimations received from suppliers regarding their status under the Micro, Small and Medium nterprises
Development Act, 2006 there are 9 suppliers registered under the said Act, and there are no amounts unpaid to these
suppliers as at the year end.
HDB Financial Services Ltd
The Company has received intimation from a supplier regarding their status under the Micro, Small and Medium enterprises
Development Act, 2006 and amounts unpaid as at March 31, 2009 is Rs. 36 lacs (Previous year NIL).
19. Comparative Figures
Figures for the previous year have been regrouped and reclassified wherever necessary to conform to the current year’s
presentation. However, previous year figures are not comparable to that of the current year as those are of the standalone
HDFC Bank Group and the current year figures includes erstwhile Centurion Bank of Punjab. In respect of the previous
year figures, differences, if any, between figures reported in lacs in the previous year and reported in thousands in the
current year are due to rounding off.
For and on behalf of the Board
C M Vasudev
Sanjay Dongre Gautam Divan
Company Secretary Directors
Mumbai, 23 April, 2009

Key Comparatives Between US and Indian Corporate
Governance Practices
Corporate governance rules for Indian listed companies are set forth in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement entered into by the
companies with the Indian stock exchanges as amended from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI).
Companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) must comply with certain standards of corporate governance set forth
in Section 303A of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual. Listed companies that are foreign private issuers (as defined in Rule 3b-4
under the Securities Exchange Act, 1934) are permitted to follow home country practices in lieu of the provisions of this Section 303A,
except that foreign private issuers are required to comply with the requirements of Sections 303A.06, 303A.11 and 303A.12(b) and (c).
As per these requirements, a foreign private issuer must:
1. Establish an independent audit committee that has specified responsibilities and authority;
2. Provide prompt written notice by its chief executive officer if any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-
compliance with any applicable corporate governance rules;
3. Provide to the NYSE annual written affirmations with respect to its corporate governance practices, and interim written
affirmations in the event of a change to the board or a board committee; and
4. Provide a brief description of significant differences between its corporate governance practices and those followed by
U.S. companies.
In a few cases, the Indian corporate governance rules under Clause 49 differ from those in the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual. The
following is a comparison:
NYSE Corporate Governance Standards applicable to NYSE Listed Corporate Governance Rules as per Listing Agreement with Indian
Companies Stock Exchange(s)
Board of Directors (“Board”)
An NYSE listed company needs to have a majority of independent The board of an Indian stock exchange listed company needs to
directors. [NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.01] have an optimum combination of executive and non-executive
directors, with not less than 50% of the directors being non-
executive directors. If the chairman of the board of directors is a
non-executive director of the company, at least one third of the
directors must be independent. If the chairman is an executive
director, at least half of the directors must be independent.
A director must meet certain criteria in order to qualify as The definition of the term “independent” is different.
“independent”. An NYSE listed company must disclose the identity
of its independent directors and the basis upon which it
determined they are independent. [NYSE Corporate Governance
Standard 303A.02]
Executive Sessions
Non-management directors need to meet at regularly scheduled There is no requirement for such sessions.
executive sessions without management [NYSE Corporate
Governance Standard 303A.03]
Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee
An NYSE listed Company needs to have a nominating / corporate An Indian stock exchange listed company may, but is not required
governance committee composed entirely of independent to, have a nomination committee, and if it does, the committee
directors. [NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.04] need not be comprised entirely of independent directors.

Nominating / Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating / corporate governance committee needs to have If an Indian stock exchange listed company has a nomination
a written charter that addresses certain specific committee committee, it is not required to have a charter for that committee.
purposes and responsibilities and provides for an annual The performance evaluation of non-executive directors can be
performance evaluation of the committee. [NYSE Corporate done by a peer group comprised of the entire board of directors,
Governance Standard 303A.04] excluding the director being evaluated.
Compensation Committee
An NYSE listed company needs to have a compensation The board may, but is not required to, constitute a compensation/
committee composed entirely of independent directors. [NYSE remuneration committee to determine on behalf of the board
Corporate Governance Standard 303A.05] and the shareholders the company’s policy on specific
remuneration packages for executive directors, including
compensation and pension rights. To avoid conflicts of interest,
any compensation committee must consist of at least three non-
executive directors. The chairman of any compensation
committee must be an independent director.
The compensation committee needs to have a written charter Any compensation committee may, but is not required to, have a
that addresses certain specific purposes and responsibilities of charter. The annual corporate governance report of an Indian
the committee and provides for an annual performance stock exchange listed company generally provides details of
evaluation of the committee. [NYSE Corporate Governance Standard remuneration, including brief details of any compensation
303A.05] committee’s agreed terms of reference.
Audit Committee
An NYSE listed company needs to have an audit committee with An Indian stock exchange listed company must have a qualified
at least three members that satisfies the independence and independent audit committee with certain specified powers
requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the and roles. All members of the audit committee must be non-
requirements of NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.02. executive directors and at least 2/3 of the members must be
[NYSE Corporate Governance Standards 303A.06 and 303A.07] independent. All members must be financially literate and at
least one member must have accounting or related financial
management expertise. The chairman of the committee must be
an independent director.
The audit committee needs to have a written charter that The audit committee is not required to have a written charter.
addresses certain specific purposes of the committee, provides However, Clause 49D sets forth the required roles of the audit
for an annual performance evaluation of the committee and sets committee.
forth certain specific minimum duties and responsibilities.
[NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.07]
Internal Audit Function
An NYSE listed company needs to have an internal audit function Although an internal audit function is not required, one of the
to provide management and the audit committee with ongoing roles of audit committee is “reviewing the adequacy of internal audit
assessments of the company’s risk management processes and function, if any, including the structure of the internal audit department,
system of internal control. A company may choose to outsource staffing and seniority of the official heading the department, reporting
this function to a third party service provider other than its structure coverage and frequency of internal audit.” Therefore, it is
independent auditor. [NYSE Corporate Governance Standard 303A.07] advisable that an Indian stock exchange listed company conduct
an internal audit and have a department to conduct the internal
audit.

Corporate Governance Guidelines / Code of Ethics
An NYSE listed company needs to adopt and disclose corporate An Indian stock exchange listed company needs to adopt a code
governance guidelines. [NYSE Corporate Governance Standard of conduct / ethics applicable to all members of the board of
303A.09] An NYSE listed company needs to adopt and disclose a directors and senior management one level below the board.
code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and The company’s annual report must disclose [any non-compliance]
employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for with the code by the board members and senior management.
directors or executive officers. [NYSE Corporate Governance Standard
303A.10]
Certifications as to Compliance
The CEO of each NYSE listed company has to certify on an annual The CEO/CFO is required to provide an annual certification on
basis that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company the true and fair view of the company’s financial statements and
of the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. This compliance with existing accounting standards, applicable laws
certification, as well as the CEO/CFO certification required under and regulations. In addition, Indian stock exchange listed
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, must be disclosed companies are required to submit a quarterly compliance report.
in the company’s annual report to shareholders. [NYSE Corporate
Governance Standard 303A.12]

AUDITORS’ CERTIFICATE ON COMPLIANCE OF CONDITIONS OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
To The Shareholders of
HDFC Bank Limited
We have examined the compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance by HDFC Bank Limited (“the Bank”), for the year
ended on March 31, 2009 as stipulated in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement of the Bank with the Stock Exchanges.
The compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance is the responsibility of the management. Our examination was limited
to procedures and implementation thereof, adopted by the Bank for ensuring the compliance of the conditions of the
Corporate Governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression of opinion on the financial statements of the Bank.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, we certify that the Bank
has complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as stipulated in the above mentioned Listing Agreement.
We further state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to future viability of the Bank nor the efficiency
or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Bank.

Manoj Daga
Partner
M No : 048523
Mumbai
23 April, 2009

Corporate Governance
[Report on Corporate Governance pursuant to Clause 49 of business. The Senior Management have made disclosures
the Listing Agreement entered into with the Stock Exchanges to the Board confirming that there are no material, financial
and forms a part of the report of the Board of Directors] and / or commercial transactions between them and the
Bank which could have potential conflict of interest with
PHILOSOPHY ON CODE OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
the Bank at large.
The Bank believes in adopting and adhering to the best
• None of the directors are related to each other.
recognised corporate governance practices and continuously
benchmarking itself against each such practice. The Bank COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
understands and respects its fiduciary role and responsibility
Composition of the Board of Directors of the Bank as on
to shareholders and strives hard to meet their expectations.
March 31, 2009 is as under:
The Bank believes that best board practices, transparent
disclosures and shareholder empowerment are necessary for Mr. Jagdish Capoor
creating shareholder value.
Mr. Jagdish Capoor holds a Master's degree in Commerce and
The Bank has infused the philosophy of corporate governance is a Fellow of Indian Institute of Banking and Finance. Prior to
into all its activities. The philosophy on corporate governance joining the Bank, Mr. Capoor was the Deputy Governor of
is an important tool for shareholder protection the Reserve Bank of India. He retired as Deputy Governor of
and maximisation of their long term values. The cardinal the Reserve Bank of India after serving for 39 years. While with
principles such as independence, accountability, responsibility, Reserve Bank of India, Mr. Capoor was the Chairman of the
transparency, fair and timely disclosures, credibility, etc. serve Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation of India
as the means for implementing the philosophy of corporate and Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran Limited.
governance in letter and spirit. He also served on the boards of Export Import Bank of India,
National Housing Bank, National Bank for Agriculture and
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Rural Development (NABARD) and State Bank of India.
The Composition of the Board of Directors of the Bank
Mr. Capoor is on the Board of the Asset Care Enterprise Limited,
is governed by the Companies Act, 1956, the Banking
Bombay Stock Exchange Limited, The Indian Hotels Company
Regulation Act, 1949 and the listing requirements of the Indian
Limited, GHCL Limited, LIC Pension Fund Limited, Quantum
Stock Exchanges where the securities issued by the Bank are
Trustee Co. Pvt. Ltd and The Stock Exchange I nvestors’
listed. The Board has the strength of eleven (11) Directors as
Protection Fund. He is also member of the Board of Governors
on March 31, 2009. All Directors other than Mr. Aditya Puri,
of the Indian Institute of Management, Indore.
Mr. Harish Engineer and M r. Paresh Sukthankar are
non-executive directors. The Bank has five independent Mr. Capoor is a member of the Audit Committee of The Indian
directors and six non-independent directors. The Board Hotels Company Limited, GHCL Limited and Bombay Stock
consists of eminent persons with considerable professional Exchange Ltd. He is Chairman of Shareholders Grievance
expertise and experience in banking, finance, agriculture, small Committee of Bombay Stock Exchange Limited as well as the
scale industries and other related fields. Chairman of the Audit Committee of LIC Pension Fund Limited
and Quantum Trustee Co. Pvt. Ltd.
None of the Directors on the Board is a member of more than
ten (10) Committees and Chairman of more than five (5) M r. Capoor holds 300 equity shares in the Bank as on
Committees across all the companies in which he / she March 31, 2009.
is a Director. All the Directors have made necessary disclosures
regarding Committee positions occupied by them in other Mr. Aditya Puri
companies. Mr. Aditya Puri holds a Bachelor's degree in Commerce from
Punjab University and is an associate member of the Institute
• Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Keki Mistry, Mrs. Renu Karnad,
of Chartered Accountants of India. Mr. Aditya Puri has been
M r. Aditya Puri, Mr. Harish Engineer and Mr. Paresh
the Managing Director of the Bank since September 1994. He
Sukthankar are non-independent Directors on the Board.
has about 35 years of banking experience in India and abroad.
• Mr. Arvind Pande, Mr. Ashim Samanta, Mr. Gautam Divan,
Mr. C. M. Vasudev and Dr. Pandit Palande are independent Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Puri was the Chief Executive
directors on the Board. Officer of Citibank, Malaysia from 1992 to 1994.
Mr. Puri holds 3,37,953 equity shares in the Bank as on
• M r. Keki Mistr y and Mrs. Renu Karnad represent
March 31, 2009.
HDFC Limited on the Board of the Bank.
• The Bank has not entered into any materially significant Mr. Keki Mistry
transactions during the year, which could have a potential Mr. Keki Mistr y holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree in
conflict of interest between the Bank and its promoters, Advanced Accountancy and Auditing and is also a Chartered
directors, management and / or their relatives, etc. other Accountant. He was actively involved in setting up of several
than the transactions entered into in the normal course of HDFC group companies including HDFC Bank. Mr. Mistry has

been deputed on consultancy assignments for the the Audit Committee of HDFC ERGO General Insurance
Commonwealth Development Corporation (CDC) in Thailand, Company Limited and Bosch Limited. She is the Chairperson
Mauritius, Caribbean Islands and Jamaica. He has also worked of the Remuneration Committee of ICI India Limited. She is
as a consultant for the Mauritius Housing Company and Asian also the member of Investment Committee, Compensation
Development Bank. Committee, Compensation-ESOS Committee, Committee of
Directors of GRUH Finance Limited; Customer Service
Mr. Mistry is Vice Chairman & Managing Director of Housing
Development Finance Corporation Limited and Chairman of Committee and Risk Management Committee of HDFC Asset
GRUH Finance Limited. He is also a Director on the Board of Management Company Limited; Remuneration Committee of
HDFC Developers Limited, Shrenuj & Company Limited, Credit Information Bureau (India) Limited and Sparsh BPO
HDFC Standard Life Insurance Co. Ltd, HDFC ERGO General Services Limited; and Investor Grievance Committee,
Insurance Co. Limited, Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Investment Sub-Committee and Property Sub-Committee of
Services Limited, Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited, Bosch Limited.
The Great Eastern Shipping Company Limited, NexGen Mrs. Karnad holds 58,924 equity shares in the Bank as on
Publishing Limited, HDFC Asset Management Company Limited, March 31, 2009.
Greatship (India) Limited, Intelenet Global Services Pvt. Ltd.,
Griha Investments-Mauritius, Association of Leasing & Mr. Arvind Pande
Financial Services Companies and India Value Fund Advisors Mr. Arvind Pande holds a Bachelor of Science degree from
Pvt. Limited.
Allahabad University and a B.A. (Hons.) and M.A. (Economics)
Mr. M istr y is the Chairman of the Audit Committee of degree from Cambridge University, U.K. He started his career
HDFC ERGO General Insurance Company Limited, in Indian Administrative Services and has held various
Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited and The Great Eastern responsible positions in the Government of India. He was a
Shipping Company Limited. He is member of Audit Committee Joint Secretary to the Prime Minister of India for Economics,
of HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Limited, Science and Technology issues. Mr. Pande has been a Director,
GRUH Finance Limited, Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance,
Services Limited, HDFC Asset Management Company Limited, Government of India and has dealt with World Bank aided
Shrenuj & Company Limited and Greatship (India) Limited. projects. Mr. Pande has also served on the Board of Steel
He is also a member of Investors Grievance Committee of Authority of India Limited as its Chairman and Chief Executive
Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited, Officer (CEO).
Remuneration Committee and Investment Committee of GRUH
Finance Limited and Share Transfer Committee of Infrastructure Mr. Pande is a Director of Sandhar Technologies Limited, Visa
Leasing & Financial Services Limited. Steel Limited, Era Infra Engineering Limited, Burnpur Cement
Limited, Coal India Limited and Bengal Aerotropolis Projects
Mr. Mistry holds 59,383 equity shares in the Bank as on Limited. He is member of the Audit Committee of Coal India
March 31, 2009. Limited and Visa Steel Limited.
Mrs. Renu Karnad Mr. Pande is liable to retire by rotation and being eligible
Mrs. Renu Karnad is a Law graduate and also holds a Master's offers himself for re-appointment at the ensuing Annual
Degree in Economics from Delhi University. General Meeting.
Mrs. Karnad is the Joint Managing Director of Housing Mr. Pande does not hold equity shares in the Bank as on
Development Finance Corporation Limited and Chairperson March 31, 2009.
of HDFC Realty Limited, HDFC Property Ventures Limited and
Mr. Ashim Samanta
HDFC Sales Private Limited. She is a Director of HDFC Asset
Management Company Limited, GRUH Finance Limited, Mr. Ashim Samanta holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from
HDFC Venture Capital Limited, Credit Information Bureau University of Bombay and has wide and extensive business
(India) Limited, HDFC ERGO General Insurance Company experience for nearly 29 years. He has vast experience in the
Limited, ICI India Limited, Indraprastha Medical Corporation field of bulk drugs and fine chemicals. He is a Director of
Limited, HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Limited, Samanta Organics Private Limited, Nautilus Trading & Leasing
Sparsh BPO Services Limited, G4S Corporate Services (India) Private Limited, Ashish Rang Udyog Private Limited, Shakti
Private Limited, Bosch Limited, Mother Dairy Fruits & Cine Studios Private Limited, Samanta Movies Private Limited
Vegetables Private Limited, Feedback Ventures Private Limited, and Shringar Films Ltd. Mr. Samanta has also been engaged
Egyptian Housing Finance Company, Ascendas Pte. Limited, in setting up and running of film mixing, editing and dubbing
Singapore and Transunion LLC, Chicago. Mrs. Karnad is a studio.
member of the Managing Committee of Indian Cancer Society
and Vice Chairperson of the Governing Council of Indraprastha Mr. Samanta is liable to retire by rotation and being eligible
Cancer Society & Research Centre. offers himself for re-appointment at the ensuing Annual
General Meeting.
Mrs. Karnad is Chairperson of the Audit Committee of ICI India
Limited, Credit Information Bureau (India) Limited and Mother M r. Samanta holds 600 equity shares in the Bank as on
Diary Fruits & Vegetables Private Limited. She is a member of March 31, 2009.

Mr. C. M. Vasudev Dr. Pandit Palande

Mr. C. M. Vasudev holds a Master’s Degree in Economics and Dr. Pandit Palande has Ph.D. degree in Business Administration
Physics. He joined the Indian Administrative Services in 1966. and completed an Advanced Course in Management from
Mr. Vasudev has worked as Executive Director of World Bank Oxford University and the Warwick University in UK. Dr. Palande
representing India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Bhutan. has worked as a director of School of Commerce and
Mr. Vasudev has extensive experience of working at policy Management for 15 years in Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra
making levels in the financial sector and was responsible for Open University (YCMOU). At present, Dr. Palande is Pro-Vice
laying down policies and oversight of management. He chaired Chancellor of YCMOU.
World Bank’s committee on development effectiveness with
responsibility of ensuring effectiveness of World Bank ’s Dr. Palande has extensive experience of working in the fields
operations. Mr. Vasudev has also worked as Secretary, Ministry of business administration, management and agriculture.
of Finance for more than 8 years and has undertaken various Under the guidance of Dr. Palande, YCMOU has become one of
assignments viz. Secretary, Department of Economic Affairs, the green universities in India. As a Project Director of Indian
Department of Expenditure, Department of Banking and Space Research Organisation (ISRO) GAP-3 of YCMOU,
Additional Secretary, Budget with responsibility for framing Dr. Palande has been serving the agriculture community on a
the fiscal policies and policies for economic reforms and for large scale through satellite.
co-ordinating preparation of budgets of the Government of Dr. Palande is neither a director on the Board of any other
India and monitoring its implementation. He has worked as company nor a member and Chairman of any Committee(s) of
Government nominee Director on the Boards of many the Board of Directors of any other company.
companies in the financial sector including State Bank of India,
IDBI, ICICI, IDFC, NABARD, National Housing Bank and also on Dr. Palande does not hold equity shares in the Bank as on
the Central Board of the RBI. He was also Member Secretary of March 31, 2009.
the Narasimhan Committee on Financial Sector Reforms. Mr. Harish Engineer
He also chaired a Committee on reforms of the NBFC sector.
He has also worked as Joint Secretary of Ministry of Commerce Mr. Harish Engineer is a Science Graduate from Bombay
with responsibility for state trading, trade policy including University and holds a Diploma in Business Management from
interface with WTO. Hazarimal Somani College, Mumbai. Mr. Engineer has been
associated with the Bank since 1994 in various capacities and
Mr. Vasudev is currently Director on the Board of ICRA
is responsible for Wholesale Banking at present. Mr. Engineer
Management Consultancy Services Limited, NOIDA Power
has over 39 years experience in the fields of finance and
Company Limited, Noesis Consultancy Services Private Limited
banking. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Engineer worked with
and Uttarakhand Jal Vidyut Nigam Ltd. He is a member of
Bank of America for 26 years in various areas including
Audit Committee and the Chairman of Remuneration
Committee of ICRA Management Consultancy Services Limited operations and corporate credit management.
and member of Audit Committee of NOIDA Power Company Mr. Engineer is neither a director on the Board of any other
Limited. He also works as a consultant to the World Bank and company nor a member and Chairman of any Committee of
United Nations Development Programme. the Board of Directors of any other company in India. He is
Mr. Vasudev does not hold equity shares in the Bank as on member of the Board of Boston Analytics, Boston (USA).
March 31, 2009. Mr. Engineer holds 71,100 equity shares in the Bank as on
Mr. Gautam Divan March 31, 2009.
Mr. Gautam Divan holds a Bachelor’s degree in Commerce and Mr. Paresh Sukthankar
is a Fellow Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants Mr. Paresh Sukthankar has done his Masters in Management
of India. Mr. Divan is a partner in Rahul Gautam Divan & Studies from Jamnalal Bajaj Institute of Management Studies,
Associates, Char tered Accountants. Mr. Divan has wide Mumbai. Mr. Sukthankar has been associated with the Bank
experience in financial and taxation planning of individuals
since 1994 in various senior capacities and has direct or
and limited companies and auditing accounts of large public
supervisory responsibilities for the Credit & Market Risk and
limited companies and nationalized banks. Mr. Divan has
substantial experience in structuring overseas investments to Finance functions and for various strategic initiatives of the
and from India. He is the financial expert on the Audit Bank. Mr. Sukthankar has over 23 years of experience in the
Committee of the Bank. fields of finance and banking. Prior to joining the Bank,
Mr. Sukthankar worked with Citibank for 9 years in various
Mr. Divan is on the Board of Baltic Consultancy & Services areas including corporate banking, risk management, financial
Private Limited, Chandabhoy and Jassoobhoy Consultants control and credit administration.
Private Limited, Serendib Investments Private Limited, HDFC
Standard Life Insurance Company Limited and Brady & Morris Mr. Sukthankar is neither a director on the Board of any other
Engineering Company Limited. He is the Chairman of Audit company nor a member and Chairman of any Committee of
Committee of HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company Limited. the Board of Directors of any other company.
Mr. Divan does not hold equity shares in the Bank as on Mr. Sukthankar holds 1,59,751 equity shares in the Bank as on
March 31, 2009. March 31, 2009.

BOARD MEETINGS Executive Directors:

During the year under review, seven Board Meetings were The details of the remuneration paid to Mr. Aditya Puri,
held on April 24, 2008; June 10, 2008; July 28, 2008; October 16, Managing Director; Mr. Harish Engineer, Executive Director and
2008; November 27, 2008; January 14, 2009; and March 16, 2009. Mr. Paresh Sukthankar, Executive Director during the year
Details of attendance at the Bank’s Board Meetings held during 2008-09 are as under:
the year under review, directorship, membership and Particulars Aditya Puri Harish Paresh
chairmanship in other companies for each director of the Bank Engineer Sukthankar
are as follows:
Basic (Rs.) 10800000 *7234851 *7761404
Name of Director Attendance Directorship Membership Chairmanship
at the of other of Other of Other Allowances (Rs.) 3683868 *3434202 *2871181
Bank’s Indian Public Companies’ Companies’
Board Limited Committees Committees Provident Fund (Rs.) 1296000 *868182 *931368
Meetings Companies
Superannuation (Rs.) 1620000 *1085228 *1164211
Mr. Jagdish Capoor 7 5 5 2
Performance Bonus (Rs.) 9535906 5793698 5793698
Mr. Aditya Puri 7 Nil Nil Nil
No. of Stock Option 175000 100000 100000
Mr. Keki Mistry 6 13 10 3 under ESOP Scheme XIII
Mr. Vineet Jain* Nil 9 Nil Nil * The figures pertaining to Mr. Harish Engineer and Mr. Paresh
Sukthankar are the actual amounts paid to them during
Mrs. Renu Karnad 6 13 5 2
FY 2008-09 including arrears of remuneration paid to them post
Mr. Arvind Pande 6 6 2 Nil
RBI approval for the period 12th October 2007 to 31st March, 2008.
The remuneration of the Managing Director and Executive
Mr. Ashim Samanta 7 1 Nil Nil Directors has been approved by the RBI and the Shareholders.
Mr. C. M. Vasudev 6 3 2 Nil During the year, stock options granted to Mr. Puri, Mr. Engineer
and Mr. Sukthankar under Employee Stock Option Scheme
Mr. Gautam Divan 7 2 1 1 (ESOP) XIII of the Bank has been approved by the Reserve
Bank of India. The said options have not been vested in them
Dr. Pandit Palande 6 Nil Nil Nil
during the year.
Mr. Harish Engineer 7 Nil Nil Nil The Bank provides for gratuity in the form of lump-sum
payment on retirement or on death while in employment or
Mr. Paresh Sukthankar 7 Nil Nil Nil
on termination of employment of an amount equivalent to
* Till the date of resignation i.e. December 27, 2008. 15 days basic salary payable for each completed year of service.
The Bank makes annual contributions to funds administered
Note : As per Clause-49, the memberships / chairmanships of directors by trustees and managed by insurance companies for amounts
in Audit Committee and Shareholders’ / Investors’ Committee have notified by the said insurance companies. The Bank accounts
been considered. for the liability for future gratuity benefits based on an
ATTENDANCE AT LAST AGM independent external actuarial valuation carried out annually.
All the directors of the Bank except Mr. Vineet Jain attended Perquisites (evaluated as per Income Tax Rules wherever
the previous Annual General Meeting held on June 10, 2008. applicable and at actual cost to the Bank otherwise) such as
the benefit of the Bank’s furnished accommodation, gas,
REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS electricity, water and furnishings, club fees, personal accident
Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Chairman insurance, use of car and telephone at residence, medical
reimbursement, leave and leave travel concession, provident
During the year, Mr. Jagdish Capoor was paid remuneration of
fund, super annuation and gratuity were provided in
Rs. 12,00,000/-. Mr. Capoor has not availed of the benefit of
accordance with the rules of the Bank in this regard.
Bank’s leased accommodation. Mr. Capoor is also paid sitting
fees for attending Board and Committee meetings. No sitting fees are paid to Mr. Puri, Mr. Engineer and
The remuneration of the Chairman has been approved by Mr. Sukthankar for attending meetings of Board of Directors
the Reserve Bank of India and the shareholders. and/or its Committees.

DETAILS OF REMUNERATION / SIT TING FEES PAID TO d) Reviewing the adequacy of the Audit and Compliance
DIRECTORS functions, including their policies, procedures, techniques
and other regulatory requirements; and
All the non-executive directors other than the Chairman receive
remuneration only by way of sitting fees for each meeting of e) Any other terms of reference as may be included from
the Board and its various Committees. No stock options are time to time in clause 49 of the listing agreement.
granted to any of the non-executive directors.
The Board has also adopted a charter for the Audit Committee
Sitting fees @ Rs. 20,000/- per meeting is paid for attending in connection with certain United States regulatory standards
each meeting of the Board and its various Committees except as the Bank’s securities are also listed on the New York Stock
for Investor Grievance (Share) Committee for which sitting Exchange.
fees @ Rs. 10,000/- for each meeting is paid to the directors. Compensation Committee
The details of sitting fees paid to non-executive directors The Compensation Committee reviews the overall
during the year are as under: compensation structure and policies of the Bank with a view
Name of the Director Sitting Fees (Rs.) to attract, retain and motivate employees, consider grant of
Mr. Jagdish Capoor 5,30,000 stock options to employees, reviewing compensation levels
Mr. Keki Mistry 4,20,000 of the Bank’s employees vis-à-vis other banks and industry in
Mr. Vineet Jain* NIL general.
Mrs. Renu Karnad 3,40,000 The Bank’s compensation policy provides a fair and consistent
Mr. Arvind Pande 5,20,000 basis for motivating and rewarding employees appropriately
Mr. Ashim Samanta 5,20,000
according to their job / role size, performance, contribution,
Mr. C. M. Vasudev 4,20,000
skill and competence.
Mr. Gautam Divan 6,20,000
Dr. Pandit Palande 5,20,000 Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Ashim Samanta, Mr. Gautam Divan and
* Resigned w.e.f. December 27, 2008. Dr. Pandit Palande are the members of the Committee.
COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS AND The Committee is chaired by Mr. Jagdish Capoor. All the
ATTENDANCE AT THE MEETINGS members of the Committee other than Mr. Capoor are
independent directors.
The Board has constituted various committees of Directors to
The Committee met 2 (two) times during the year.
take informed decisions in the best interest of the Bank. These
committees monitor the activities falling within their terms of Investor Grievance (Share) Committee
reference. Various committees of the Board were reconstituted
during the year. The Board’s Committees are as follows: The Committee approves and monitors transfer, transmission,
splitting and consolidation of shares and bonds and allotment
Audit and Compliance Committee of shares to the employees pursuant to Employees Stock
The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Bank is chaired Option Scheme. The Committee also monitors redressal of
by Mr. Arvind Pande. The other members of the Committee are complaints from shareholders relating to transfer of shares,
Mr. Ashim Samanta, Mr. C. M. Vasudev, Mr. Gautam Divan and non-receipt of Annual Report, dividends, etc.
Dr. Pandit Palande. All the members of the Committee are The Committee consists of Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Aditya Puri
independent directors and Mr. Gautam Divan is a Chartered and Mr. Gautam Divan. The Committee is chaired by Mr. Capoor.
Accountant and a financial expert. The powers to approve share transfers and dematerialisation
The Committee met 9 (nine) times during the year. requests have been delegated to executives of the Bank to
expedite the process of share transfers..
The terms of reference of the Audit Committee are in As on March 31, 2009, 41 instruments of transfer representing
accordance with Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement entered
2,312 shares were pending. These have since been processed.
into with the Stock Exchanges in India, and inter alia includes
The details of the transfers are reported to the Board of
the following:
Directors from time to time.
a) Overseeing the Bank’s financial reporting process and During the year under review 197 complaints were received
ensuring correct, adequate and credible disclosure of from the shareholders. All the complaints were attended to
financial information; and as at 31st March 2009 no complaints remained unattended.
b) Recommending appointment and removal of external Besides 10,409 letters were received from the shareholders
auditors and fixing of their fees; relating to change of address, nomination requests,
ECS Mandates, queries relating to annual report,
c) Reviewing with management the annual financial amalgamation, request for revalidation of dividend and
statements before submission to the Board with special
fractional warrants and other investor related matters. These
emphasis on accounting policies and practices, compliance
letters have also been responded to.
with accounting standards and other legal requirements
concerning financial statements; The Committee met 13 (thirteen) times during the year.

Risk Monitoring Committee The members of the Committee are Mr. Arvind Pande, Mr. Ashim
Samanta and Dr. Pandit Palande. The Committee is chaired by
The Committee has been formed as per the guidelines of
Mr. Arvind Pande. All the members of the Committee are
Reserve Bank of India on the Asset Liability Management /
independent directors.
Risk Management Systems. The Committee develops Bank’s
credit and market risk policies and procedures, verifies The Committee met once during the year.
adherence to various risk parameters and prudential limits for
treasury operations and reviews its risk monitoring system. Fraud Monitoring Committee
The Committee also ensures that the Bank’s credit exposure
to any one group or industry does not exceed the internally Pursuant to the directions of the Reserve Bank of India, the
set limits and that the risk is prudentially diversified. Bank has constituted a Fraud Monitoring Committee,
exclusively dedicated to the monitoring and following up of
The Committee consists of Mrs. Renu Karnad, Mr. Aditya Puri cases of fraud involving amounts of Rs.1 crore and above.
Mr. C. M. Vasudev and Mr. Paresh Sukthankar (inducted as The objective of this Committee is the effective detection of
member of the Committee w.e.f. January 14, 2009). frauds and immediate reporting thereof to regulatory and
The Committee is chaired by Mrs. Renu Karnad. enforcement agencies of actions taken against the
The Committee met 6 (six) times during the year. perpetrators of frauds. The terms of reference of the
Committee are as under:
Credit Approval Committee
a. Identify the systemic lacunae, if any, that facilitated
The Credit Approval Committee approves credit exposures, perpetration of the fraud and put in place measures to
which are beyond the powers delegated to executives of the plug the same;
Bank. This facilitates quick response to the needs of the
customers and speedy disbursement of loans. b. Identify the reasons for delay in detection, if any, reporting
to top management of the Bank and RBI;
The Committee consists of Mr. Jagdish Capoor, Mr. Aditya Puri,
Mr. Keki Mistry and Mr. Gautam Divan. The Committee is chaired c. Monitor progress of CBI / Police Investigation and recovery
by Mr. Capoor. position;
The Committee met 7 (seven) times during the year. d. Ensure that staff accountability is examined at all levels in
Premises Committee all the cases of frauds and staff side action, if required, is
completed quickly without loss of time;
The Premises Committee approves purchases and leasing of
premises for the use of Bank ’s branches, back offices, e. Review the efficacy of the remedial action taken to prevent
ATMs and residence of executives in accordance with the recurrence of frauds, such as strengthening of internal
guidelines laid down by the Board. The Committee consists of controls;
Mrs. Renu Karnad, Mr. Aditya Puri, Mr. Ashim Samanta and
Dr. Pandit Palande. The Committee is chaired by Mrs. Renu f. Put in place other measures as may be considered relevant
Karnad. to strengthen preventive measures against frauds;
The Committee met 7 (seven) times during the year. The members of the Committee are Mr. Jagdish Capoor,
M r. Aditya Puri, Mr. Keki M istry, Mr. Ar vind Pande and
Nomination Committee
Mr. Gautam Divan (inducted as member of the Committee w.e.f.
The Bank has constituted a Nomination Committee for January 14, 2009). The Committee is chaired by Mr. Jagdish
recommending the appointment of independent / Capoor. The Committee met 4 (four) times during the year.
non-executive directors on the Board of the Bank. The
Nomination Committee scrutinizes the nominations for Customer Service Committee
independent / non–executive directors with reference to their The Committee monitors the quality of services rendered to
qualifications and experience. For identifying ‘Fit and Proper’ the customers and also ensures implementation of directives
persons, the Committee adopts the following criteria to assess received from RBI in this regard. The terms of reference of the
competency of the persons nominated: Committee are to formulate comprehensive deposit policy
• Academic qualifications, previous experience, track record; incorporating the issues arising out of death of a depositor
and for operations of his account, the product approval process,
the annual survey of depositor satisfaction and the triennial
• Integrity of the candidates. audit of such services.
For assessing the integrity and suitability, features like criminal
The members of the Committee are Mr. Kek i Mistry,
records, financial position, civil actions undertaken to pursue
personal debts, refusal of admission to and expulsion from Mr. Arvind Pande, Dr. Pandit Palande and Mr. Harish Engineer
professional bodies, sanctions applied by regulators or similar (inducted as member of the Committee w.e.f.
bodies and previous questionable business practices are January 14, 2009). The Committee is chaired by Mr. Arvind Pande.
considered. The Committee met 4 (four) times during the year.

COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS AND THE ATTENDANCE AT THE MEETINGS
Audit & Compliance Committee Compensation Committee Premises Committee

[Total nine meetings held] [Total two meetings held] [Total seven meetings held]
Name No. of meetings Name No. of meetings Name No. of meetings
attended attended attended
Mr. Arvind Pande 9 Mr. Jagdish Capoor 2 Mr. Aditya Puri 7
Mr. Ashim Samanta 9 Mr. Ashim Samanta 2 Mr. Ashim Samanta 7
Mr. C. M. Vasudev 8 Mr. Gautam Divan 2 Mrs. Renu Karnad 4
Mr. Gautam Divan 9 Dr. Pandit Palande 2 Dr. Pandit Palande 6
Dr. Pandit Palande 7
Credit Approval Committee Investor Grievance (Share) Committee Nomination Committee

[Total seven meetings held] [Total thirteen meetings held] [Total one meeting held]
Mr. Jagdish Capoor 7 Mr. Jagdish Capoor 13 Mr. Arvind Pande 1
Mr. Keki Mistry 7 Mr. Aditya Puri 8 Mr. Ashim Samanta 1
Mr. Aditya Puri 4 Mr. Gautam Divan 12 Dr. Pandit Palande 1
Mr. Gautam Divan 6
Customer Service Committee Risk Monitoring Committee Fraud Monitoring Committee

[Total four meetings held] [Total six meetings held] [Total four meetings held]
Mr. Arvind Pande 4 Mr. Aditya Puri 6 Mr. Jagdish Capoor 4
Mr. Aditya Puri 4
Mr. Keki Mistry 4 Mrs. Renu Karnad 6
Mr. Keki Mistry 4
Dr. Pandit Palande 4 Mr. C. M. Vasudev 6
Mr. Arvind Pande 4
Mr. Harish Engineer* 1 Mr. Paresh Sukthankar* 2 Mr. Gautam Divan* 1
* Mr. Harish Engineer was inducted as * Mr. Paresh Sukthankar was inducted as * Mr. Gautam Divan was inducted as
member of the Committee with effect member of the Committee with effect member of the Committee with effect
from January 14, 2009. from January 14, 2009. from January 14, 2009.
OWNERSHIP RIGHTS • To attend and speak in person, at general meetings. Proxy

Certain rights that a shareholder in a company enjoys: cannot vote on show of hands but can vote on a poll.
In case of vote on poll, the number of votes of a shareholder
• To transfer the shares and receive the share certificates
upon transfer within the stipulated period prescribed in is proportionate to the number of equity shares held by
the Listing Agreement. him.
• To receive notice of general meetings, annual report, the • As per Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the voting rights on
balance sheet and profit and loss account and the auditors’ a poll of a shareholder of a banking company are capped
report. at 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders of
the banking company.
• To appoint proxy to attend and vote at the general
meetings. In case the member is a body corporate, to • To demand poll along with other shareholder(s) who
appoint a representative to attend and vote at the general collectively hold 5,000 shares or are not less than 1/10th of
meetings of the company on its behalf. the total voting power in respect of any resolution.

• To requisition an extraordinary general meeting of any Meeting Date Venue No. of Special
company by shareholders who collectively hold not less and Time Resolutions
then 1/10th of the total paid-up capital of the company. passed
• To move amendments to resolutions proposed at 13th AGM June 16, Nehru Centre Auditorium, 6
meetings. 2007 at Discovery of India Building,
• To receive dividend and other corporate benefits like 11:00 a.m. Worli, Mumbai 400 018
rights, bonus shares, etc. as and when declared / 12th AGM May 30, Birla Matushri Sabhagar, 1
announced. 2006 at 19, New Marine Lines,
• To inspect various registers of the company, minute books 3.30 p.m. Mumbai 400 020
of general meetings and to receive copies thereof after POSTAL BALLOT
complying with the procedure prescribed in the Companies
Act, 1956. During the year under review, no resolutions were passed
through postal ballot.
• To appoint or remove director(s) and auditor(s) and thus
participate in the management through them. DISCLOSURES
1. During the year, the Bank has not entered into any
• To proceed against the company by way of civil or criminal
materially significant transactions, which could have a
proceedings.
potential conflict of interest between the Bank and its
• To apply for the winding-up of the company. promoters, directors, management and/ or their relatives,
• To receive the residual proceeds upon winding up of a etc. other than the transactions entered into in the
company. normal course of business. Details of related party
• To make nomination in respect of shares held by them. transactions entered into in the normal course of
business are given in Schedule 18 Note No. 25 forming
The rights mentioned above are prescribed in the Companies part of ‘Notes to Accounts’.
Act, 1956 and Banking Regulation Act, 1949, wherever
applicable, and should be followed only after careful reading 2. During the year 2008-09, Securities and Exchange Board
of the relevant sections. These rights are not necessarily of India and National Securities Depository Limited have
absolute. levied penalties on the Bank. Penalties or strictures
imposed on the Bank by any of the Stock Exchanges or
PROMOTERS’ RIGHTS any statutory authority for any non-compliance on any
The Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Bank matter relating to capital markets, during the last three
provides the following rights to HDFC Limited, promoter of years are detailed below.
the Bank: A) 2008-09
The Board shall appoint non-retiring Directors from During the year 2008-09, National Securities Depository
amongst the Directors nominated by HDFC Limited with the Limited (NSDL) imposed a penalty of Rs. 2,45,750/-
approval of shareholders, so long as HDFC Limited and its for DP IDs of erstwhile Centurion Bank of Punjab (eCBOP)
subsidiaries, singly or jointly hold not less than 20% of the for the following reasons:
paid-up share capital of the Bank.
• Rs. 2,21,750/- imposed on account of Non compliance
HDFC Limited shall nominate either a part-time Chairman with NCFM guidelines issued by NSDL.
and the Managing Director or a full time Chairman, with
• Rs. 19,000/- imposed on account of incorrect PAN
the approval of the Board and the shareholders so long as
updations for certain depository clients
HDFC Limited and its subsidiaries, singly or jointly hold not
less than 20% of the paid-up share capital of the Bank. • Rs. 5000/- imposed on account of Non compliance
observed during NSDL audit visit - Two cases were
For detailed provisions, kindly refer to the Memorandum
observed wherein slips reported lost / misplaced by
and Articles of Association of the Bank, which are available
the clients were not blocked in the back office.
on the web-site of the Bank at www.hdfcbank.com.
SEBI vide its order dated 22.11.2006, has intimated
GENERAL BODY MEETINGS
appointment of Enquiry Officer and continuation of enquiry
(During previous three financial years) proceedings in the matter of IPO irregularities. Bank vide
its application for consent dated 14.07.2008 requested for
Meeting Date Venue No. of Special
settlement of the said case. SEBI vide its consent order
and Time Resolutions dated 22.12.2008 disposed off the enquiry proceedings
passed against the Bank in the referred matter against payment
14th AGM June 10, Birla Matushri Sabhagar, None of settlement amount of Rs. 1,00,000/
2008 at 19, New Marine Lines, Bank has filed similar application on 14.07.2008 for consent
3.00 p.m. Mumbai 400 020 in case of enquiry proceedings pending against eCBOP
EGM March 27, Birla Matushri Sabhagar, 3 which is under process.
2008 at 19, New Marine Lines, No penalties have, however, been levied by the Reserve
2.30 p.m. Mumbai 400 020 Bank of India during the year 2008 - 09.

B) 2007-08 Pursuant to Section 10(2A) of the Banking Regulation Act,

1949, all the directors, other than its Chairman and / or
• During the year 2007-08, no penalties were levied by
the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). Central Depository whole-time director, cannot hold office continuously for a
Services Limited imposed a penalty of Rs. 15,100 on period exceeding 8 (eight) years.
account of omissions during opening of accounts for b) Remuneration Committee
certain depository clients which after providing
relevant evidence was reduced to Rs. 4,000. The Bank has set-up a Compensation Committee of
Directors to determine the Bank’s policy on remuneration
C) 2006-07 packages for all employees. The Committee comprises
• During the year 2006-07, the following penalties/ majority of independent directors. Mr. Jagdish Capoor is
strictures were imposed on the Bank, details of which the Chairman of the Committee and is not an independent
were as under: Director.
i. In the course of investigations, SEBI had observed c) Shareholder’s Rights

that several DPs including HDFC Bank Limited had, The Bank publishes its results on its website at
prima facie, appeared to have failed in adhering to www.hdfcbank.com which is accessible to the public at
the Know Your Client norms as laid down by SEBI large. Besides, the same are also available on
and thereby facilitated opening of demat accounts www.corpfiling.co.in. A half-yearly declaration of financial
in fictitious/benami names, and passed an order performance including summary of the significant events
whereby HDFC Bank Limited was required to
is presently not being sent separately to each household
disgorge an amount of Rs. 1.64 crores. An appeal
of shareholders. The Bank’s results for each quarter are
against the order was filed by the Bank with
published in an English newspaper having a wide
Honorable Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT). The SAT
initially passed an interim order staying the circulation and in a Marathi newspaper having a wide
operations of Disgorgement Order and later set aside circulation in Maharashtra. Hence, half-yearly results are
the order of SEBI on 22nd Nov 2007. not sent to the shareholders individually.
ii. National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) d) Audit Qualifications

imposed a penalty of Rs. 23 lacs due to incorrect During the period under review, there is no audit
Permanent Account No. (PAN) records maintained for qualification in Bank ’s financial statements. The Bank
certain depository clients. After providing the continues to adopt best practices to ensure regime of
necessary explanation/evidence, NSDL has agreed to unqualified financial statements.
keep the aforesaid penalty amount in abeyance
provided that the Bank does not enter any invalid e) Training of Board Members
PAN in the DPM system during the period 1st January Bank’s Board of Directors consists of professionals with
2008 to June 30, 2008. Further based on error free expertise in their respective fields and industry. They
PAN updations carried out by Bank during the period
endeavor to keep themselves updated with changes in
mentioned by NSDL and representations made by the
global economy and legislation. They attend various
Bank, the penalty imposed of Rs. 23 lacs was reduced
workshops and seminars to keep themselves abreast with
to Rs. 0.32 lacs. The said penalty of Rs. 0.32 lacs was
paid by Bank during Aug 2008. the changes in the business environment.
f) Mechanism for evaluating non-executive Board Members
3. The Bank follows Accounting Standards issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and in the The Nomination Committee evaluates the non-executive
preparation of financial statements, the Bank has not Board members every year. The performance evaluation
adopted a treatment different from that prescribed in of the members of the Nomination Committee is done
any Accounting Standard. by the Board of Directors excluding the Directors being
evaluated.
COMPLIANCE WITH MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS
g) Whistle Blower Policy
The Bank has complied with all the mandatory requirements
of the Code of Corporate Governance as stipulated under The Bank has adopted the Whistle Blower Policy
Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock pursuant to which employees of the Bank can raise their
Exchanges in India. concerns relating to the fraud, malpractice or any other
activity or event which is against the interest of the Bank
COMPLIANCE WITH NON-MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS or society as a whole.
a) Board of Directors The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Bank has
The Bank maintains the expenses relating to the office of reviewed the functioning of the Whistle Blower
non-executive Chairman of the Bank and reimburses all mechanism. None of the personnel has been denied
the expenses incurred in performance of his duties. access to the Audit and Compliance Committee.

SHAREHOLDERS HOLDING MORE THAN 1% OF THE SHARE CAPITAL OF THE BANK AS AT MARCH 31, 2009
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder No. of shares held % to share capital
1 JP Morgan Chase Bank ( Depository for ADS) * 7,52,84,754 17.70
2 Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited 5,24,42,000 12.33
3 Life Insurance Corporation Of India 3,18,97,784 7.50
4 HDFC Investments Limited 3,00,00,000 7.05
5 ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Ltd 1,50,40,126 3.54
6 DBS Bank Ltd 1,16,20,886 2.73
7 Euro Pacific Growth Fund 59,21,258 1.39
8 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas ( Depository for GDRs)** 58,15,069 1.37
9 JP Morgan Asset Management (Europe) SARL a/c Flagship Indian 43,04,758 1.01
Investment Company (Mauritius) Limited
* One ( 1 ) ADS represents Three ( 3 ) underlying equity shares
** Two ( 2 ) GDRs represent One ( 1 ) underlying equity share
DISTRIBUTION OF SHAREHOLDING AS AT MARCH 31, 2009

No. of equity shares held Folios Shares
Numbers % to Total Share Holders Numbers % to Total Shares
Upto 500 5,38,990 98.22 2,55,86,990 6.02
501 to 1000 5,181 0.94 37,86,462 0.89
1001 to 2000 1,886 0.34 26,82,772 0.63
2001 to 3000 652 0.12 16,20,856 0.38
3001 to 4000 314 0.06 11,14,675 0.26
4001 to 5000 216 0.04 9,82,212 0.23
5001 to 10000 499 0.09 35,72,694 0.84
10001 to 50000 602 0.11 1,36,28,040 3.20
50001 and above 434 0.08 37,24,09,408 87.55
Total 5,48,774 100 42,53,84,109 100.00
• 4,33,721 folios comprising of 41,76,80,878 shares forming 98.19% of the share capital are in demat form.
• 1,15,053 folios comprising of 77,03,231 equity shares forming 1.81% of the share capital are in physical form.
Sr. CATEGORIES OF SHAREHOLDERS AS AT MARCH 31, 2009

No. Category No. of shares % to share capital
1 Promoters* 8,24,43,000 19.38
2 JP Morgan Chase Bank (Depository for ADS) 7,52,84,754 17.70
3 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas ( Depository for GDRs) 58,15,069 1.37
4 Foreign Institutional Investors 10,93,16,539 25.70
5 Overseas Corporate Bodies / Non Resident Indians / Foreign Nationals /
Foreign Bodies 84,98,035 1.99
6 Financial Institutions / Banks 7,64,729 0.18
7 Insurance Companies 3,33,53,523 7.84
8 Mutual Funds / UTI 2,48,34,659 5.84
9 Indian Companies 3,74,36,018 8.80
10 Individuals 4,76,37,783 11.20
Total 42,53,84,109 100.00
* None of the equity shares held by the Promoter Group are under pledge.

SHARE PRICE / CHART

The monthly high and low quotation of Bank’s equity shares traded on Bombay Stock Exchange Ltd (BSE) and National Stock
Exchange of India Ltd (NSE) during FY 2008-09 and its performance vis-à-vis BSE SENSEX and S&P CNX NIFTY respectively is as
under:
Bombay Stock Exchange Limited
Month High (Rs.) Low (Rs.) Sensex
(Closing)
April-08 1,561.10 1,271.00 17,287.31
May-08 1,575.00 1,308.00 16,415.57
June-08 1,562.00 993.40 13,461.60
July-08 1,265.00 890.00 14,355.75
August-08 1,334.70 1,045.00 14,564.53
September-08 1,387.00 1,090.00 12,860.43
October-08 1,305.00 865.00 9,788.06
November-08 1,171.00 800.00 9,092.72
December-08 1,083.40 845.00 9,647.31
January-09 1,124.00 865.00 9,424.24
February-09 957.00 835.10 8,891.61
March-09 1,014.00 774.00 9,708.50
National Stock Exchange of India Limited

Month High (Rs.) Low (Rs.) CNX NIFTY
(Closing)
April-08 1,547.80 1,293.85 5,165.90
May-08 1,542.85 1,399.55 4,870.10
June-08 1,310.50 1,007.40 4,040.55
July-08 1,213.90 903.60 4,332.95
August-08 1,311.50 1,108.30 4,360.00
September-08 1,339.65 1,187.35 3,921.20
October-08 1,295.25 932.30 2,885.60
November-08 1,112.65 821.20 2,755.10
December-08 1,058.65 880.40 2,959.15
January-09 1,100.40 872.45 2,874.80
February-09 947.00 854.50 2,763.65
March-09 1,001.45 798.65 3,020.95
The monthly high and low quotation and the volume of Bank’s American Depository Shares (ADS) traded on New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE) during FY 2008-09
Month Highest (US$) Lowest (US$) Monthly

Volume
April-08 115.48 93.50 1,13,39,600
May-08 119.45 96.00 83,77,400
June-08 97.50 69.34 1,54,35,200
July-08 91.98 61.19 2,56,07,000
August-08 95.49 77.20 1,43,79,900
September-08 96.97 72.00 1,47,81,500
October-08 96.00 52.19 1,86,97,200
November-08 74.66 44.85 1,59,09,500
December-08 75.00 50.50 1,33,23,400
January-09 77.48 53.14 1,21,02,600
February-09 63.75 51.00 1,04,49,200
March-09 63.99 45.50 1,46,25,100

GLOBAL DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS (GDRs) ISSUE OF CONVERTIBLE WARRANTS ON PREFERENTIAL BASIS
Erstwhile Centurion Bank of Punjab Limited (eCBOP) had To maintain the promoter group shareholding in the Bank,
its Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) listed on the the shareholders, on March 27, 2008, accorded their consent
Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Consequent to the
to issue warrants convertible into equity shares (1 warrant is
amalgamation of eCBOP with the Bank, the Bank issued
underlying equity shares to the GDR holders of the eCBOP convertible into 1 equity share of Rs.10/- each) to HDFC Limited
pursuant to the Scheme of Amalgamation. Effective and/or other promoter group companies. Pursuant to the said
Fe b r u a r y 1 7 , 2 0 0 9 , t h e G D R s o f B a n k ( Tw o G D R s consent the Bank issued 2,62,00,220 warrants convertible into
representing one underlying equity share of Rs. 10/- each equity shares to HDFC Limited on a preferential basis on
of the Bank) got listed on the official list of the June 3, 2008.
Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
The warrants are required to be exercised within a period
The monthly high and low quotation of the Bank’s Global
of 18 months from the date of its issue i.e. on or before
Depository Receipts (GDRs) traded on Luxembourg Stock
December 2, 2009.
Exchange are as under:
Month Highest (USD) Lowest (USD) CODE OF CONDUCT
February 2009 9.37 8.44 All the Directors and senior management personnel have
affirmed compliance with the Code of Conduct / Ethics as
March 2009 9.87 7.58 approved and adopted by the Board of Directors.
LISTING
Listing on Indian Stock Exchanges:
The equity shares of the Bank are listed at the following Stock Exchanges and the annual fees for 2008-09 have been paid:
Sr.No. NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE STOCK CODE
1. Bombay Stock Exchange Limited, Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers, Dalal Street, Fort, Mumbai 400 023 500180
2. The National Stock Exchange of India Ltd, Exchange Plaza, 5th Floor, Bandra Kurla Complex, HDFCBANK
Bandra, Mumbai 400 051
Names of Depositories in India for dematerialisation of equity shares:
• National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) • Central Depositories Services (India) Limited (CDSL) (ISIN INE040A01018)
International Listing:
Sr. Security description Name & Address of the Name & Address of
No. Stock Exchange Depository
1 The American Depository The New York Stock Exchange J P Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.4, New York
shares (ADS) (CUIP No. 40415F101) (Ticker – HDB)11, Wall Street, Plaza, 13th Floor,
New York, N.Y. 11005 New York, NY 10004
2 Global Depository Receipts Luxembourg Stock Exchange Deutsche Bank Trust

(GDRs) (ISIN No. US40415F2002) Postal Address : Company America.2, Bourlevard
11, av de la Porte-Neuve, Konrad Adenauer,
L – 2227 Luxembourg. L – 1115 Luxembourg
Mailing Address :
B.P. 165, L – 2011, Luxembourg
The Depository for ADS and GDRs are represented in India by ICICI Bank Ltd, Bandra Kurla Complex, Mumbai - 400051.

FINANCIAL CALENDAR
[April 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010]
Consideration of accounts and recommendation of dividend April 23, 2009
Posting of Annual Report June 8, 2009 to June 18, 2009
Book closure June 24, 2009 to July 14, 2009 (both days inclusive)
Last date of receipt of proxy forms July 11, 2009 (up to 1:00 p.m.)
th
Date, Time and Venue of 15 AGM July 14, 2009; 2:30 p.m. Ravindra Natya Mandir,
Sayani Road, Prabhadevi, Mumbai 400 025
Dividend declaration Date July 14, 2009
Probable date of dispatch of dividend warrants July 15, 2009 onwards
Unaudited results for first 3 quarters of FY 2009-10 Within 30 days of the end of each quarter.
SHARE TRANSFER PROCESS INVESTOR HELPDESK

The Bank’s shares which are in compulsory dematerialised Share transfers, dividend payments and all other investor
(demat) list are transferable through the depository system.
related activities are attended to and processed at the office
Shares in physical form are processed by the Registrars and
Share Transfer Agents, Datamatics Financial Services Ltd. and of Registrars and Transfer Agents.
approved by the Investors’ Grievance (Share) Committee of
For lodgement of transfer deeds and any other documents or
the Bank or authorised officials of the Bank. The share transfers
are generally processed within a period of 15 days from the for any grievances / complaints, shareholders / investors may
date of receipt of the transfer documents by Datamatics contact at the following address:
Financial Services Ltd.
Ms. Bindu Jeevarajan / Mr. C. P. Ramesh Babu
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
Datamatics Financial Services Ltd
The quarterly and half-yearly unaudited financial results are
Unit: HDFC Bank, Plot No. A. 16 & 17,
published in Business Standard in English and Mumbai Sakal
in Marathi (regional language). The results, press releases, Part B Cross Lane, MIDC, Marol,
presentations, etc. are regularly displayed on the Bank’s Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 093
web-site at www.hdfcbank.com. The shareholders can visit the Tel: 022-66712213-14
Bank ’s web -site for financial information, shareholding Fax: 022-28213404;
information, dividend policy, key shareholders’ agreements, E-mail: hdinvestors@dfssl.com
Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Bank, etc. The Counter Timing: 10:00 a. m. to 4:00 p. m.
web-site also gives a link to www.sec.gov where the investors
(Monday to Friday except public holidays)
can view statutory filings of the Bank with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, USA. For the convenience of investors, transfers upto 500 shares
The information relating to the Bank’s financial results and and complaints from investors are accepted at the Bank’s
shareholding pattern are posted with Corporate Filing & Office at 2 nd Floor, Trade Centre, Senapati Bapat Marg,
Dissemination System (corpfiling) at www.corpfiling.co.in. Kamala Mills Compound, Lower Parel (West), Mumbai 400 013.
through the Stock Exchanges.
Investors Helpdesk Timings 10:30 a. m. to 3.30 p. m.
CODE FOR PREVENTION OF INSIDER TRADING
between Monday to Friday (except on Bank holidays)
The Bank has adopted a share dealing code for the prevention Telephone: 022-2498 8484, 2496 1616 Extn: 3463 & 3476
of insider trading in the shares of the Bank. The share dealing Fax: 022-2496 5235.
code, inter alia, prohibits purchase / sale of shares of the Bank
Email: investors.helpdesk@hdfcbank.com
by employees while in possession of unpublished price
sensitive information in relation to the Bank. The Bank’s Share Name of the Compliance Officer of the Bank:
Dealing Code was amended in compliance with the amended
Securities and Exchange Board of India [Prohibition of Insider Mr. Sanjay Dongre
Trading (Amendment)] Regulations, 2008 during the year under Executive Vice President (Legal) & Company Secretary
review. Telephone: 022-2498 8484 Extn: 3473

BANKING CUSTOMER HELPDESK For downloading the complaint form, one can visit the
domain(s) namely; “Grievance Redressal” and subsequently “Fill
In the event of any queries / grievances, banking customers
up the Complaint Form” available at the following website
can directly approach the Branch Manager or can call/write to
link:
the Bank using the following contact details.
http://www.hdfcbank.com/common/customer_center.htm
Call at: 1800 22 40 60 (Toll-free number accessible through
BSNL / MTNL landline) COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE OF THE AUDITORS
Timings: Mon to Fri - 8.00 a.m. to 8.00 p.m. The Statutory Auditors have certified that the Bank has
Sat. & Sun. - 8.00 a.m. to 4.00 p.m. complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as
stipulated in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement with the Stock
Write to:
Exchanges and the same is annexed to the Annual Report.
Grievance Redressal Cell, HDFC Bank Ltd,
The Certificate from the Statutory Auditors will be sent to the
Old Bldg; “C” Wing’ 3rd floor
Stock Exchanges along with the Annual Report of the Bank.
26-A Narayan Properties, Chandivali Farm Rd,
Off Saki Vihar Road, Chandivali, On behalf of the Board of Directors
Andheri (East), Mumbai 400 072.
Jagdish Capoor
Email: customer_service@hdfcbank.com
Mumbai, April 23, 2009 Chairman
I confirm that for the year under review, all directors and senior management have affirmed their adherence to the
provisions of the Code of Conduct.
Aditya Puri
Managing Director

Download

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Download

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Download

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Financial Highlights

1999-2000 2000-2001 2001-2002

Interest Income 679,87 1,255,04 1,681,18

Interest Expense 374,28 753,75 1,073,74

Net Interest Income 305,59 501,29 607,44

Other Income 119,54 176,57 335,90

Net Revenues 425,13 677,86 943,34

Operating costs 171,39 309,59 417,95

Operating Result 253,74 368,27 525,39

Provisions and Contingencies 58,89 53,21 100,01

Loan Loss Provisions 53,60 52,96 85,77

Others 5,29 25 14,24

Profit before tax 194,85 315,06 425,38

Provision for taxation 74,81 104,94 128,34

Profit after tax 120,04 210,12 297,04

Deposits 8,427,72 11,658,11 17,653,81

Subordinated debt 150,00 200,00 200,00

Stockholders’ Equity 751,52 913,09 1,942,28

Working Funds 11,731,03 15,617,33 23,787,38

Loans 3,462,34 4,636,66 6,813,72

Investments 5,748,28 7,145,14 12,004,02

Earnings per share (Rs) 5.93 8.64 11.01

Return on Average Networth 29.00% 24.53% 18.30%

Tier 1 Capital Ratio 9.56% 8.69% 10.81%

Total Capital Ratio 12.19% 11.09% 13.93%

Dividend per share (Rs) 1.60 2.00 2.50

Dividend payout ratio 29.96% 25.55% 23.68%

Book value per share as at March 31 (Rs) 30.90 37.50 69.00

Market price per share as at March 31 (Rs)* 257.20 228.35 236.60

Price to Earnings Ratio 43.37 26.43 21.50

HDFC Bank Limited Annual Report 2008-09 8

1,963,17 2,455,71 2,905,43 4,230,18 6,647,93 10,115,00 16,332,26

1,191,96 1,211,05 1,315,56 1,929,50 3,179,45 4,887,12 8,911,10

771,21 1,244,66 1,589,87 2,300,68 3,468,48 5,227,88 7,421,16

465,55 480,03 651,34 1,123,98 1,516,23 2,283,15 3,290,60

1,236,76 1,724,69 2,241,21 3,424,66 4,984,71 7,511,03 10,711,76

577,05 810,00 1,085,40 1,691,09 2,420,80 3,745,62 5,532,81

659,71 914,69 1,155,81 1,733,57 2,563,91 3,765,41 5,178,95

88,86 195,73 176,87 480,06 925,16 1,484,78 1,879,71

88,39 178,28 176,22 479,76 861,01 1,216,03 1,726,28

47 17,45 65 30 64,15 268,75 153,43

570,85 718,96 978,94 1,253,51 1,638,75 2,280,63 3,299,24

183,25 209,46 313,38 382,73 497,30 690,45 1,054,31

387,60 509,50 665,56 870,78 1,141,45 1,590,18 2,244,93

22,376,07 30,408,86 36,354,25 55,796,82 68,297,94 100,768,60 142,811,58

200,00 600,00 500,00 1,702,00 3,282,60 3,249,10 6,477,80

2,244,83 2,691,88 4,519,85 5,299,53 6,433,15 11,497,23 14,646,33

30,424,08 42,306,99 51,429,00 73,506,39 91,235,61 133,176,60 183,270,77

11,754,86 17,744,51 25,566,30 35,061,26 46,944,78 63,426,90 98,883,05

13,388,08 19,256,79 19,349,81 28,393,96 30,564,80 49,393,54 58,817,55

13.75 17.95 22.92 27.92 36.29 46.22 52.85

18.10% 20.14% 20.44% 17.47% 19.40% 16.05% 16.12%

9.49% 8.03% 9.60% 8.55% 8.58% 10.30% 10.18%

11.12% 11.66% 12.16% 11.41% 13.08% 13.60% 15.09%

3.00 3.50 4.50 5.50 7.00 8.50 10.00**

24.72% 22.15% 24.00% 22.55% 22.92% 22.17% 22.17%

79.60 94.52 145.86 169.24 201.42 324.39 344.31

234.55 378.75 573.64 774.25 954.15 1,331.25 973.40